See in Reader
Merge edits to Acts through chapter 23 (#1837)
Merge branch 'master' into lrsallee-tc-create-1 Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Created 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Co-authored-by: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org> Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/1837 Co-Authored-By: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org> Co-Committed-By: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee
parent
0cb1da1d13
commit
4d04648b47
1286
en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
1286
en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
|
|
@ -1399,1018 +1399,1004 @@ ACT 14 15 w4fd figs-rquestion ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε? 1
|
|||
ACT 14 15 f8vc ταῦτα ποιεῖτε 1 are you doing these things “are you worshiping us”
|
||||
ACT 14 15 u9pq καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι 1 We also are men with the same feelings as you By this statement, Barnabas and Paul are saying that they are not gods. Alternate translation: “We are just human beings like you. We are not gods!”
|
||||
ACT 14 15 n9e4 ὁμοιοπαθεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 with the same feelings as you “like you in every way”
|
||||
ACT 14 15 n98g figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 turn from these useless things to a living God Here “turn from…to” is a metaphor meaning to stop doing one thing and start doing something else. Alternate translation: “stop worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 15 n98g figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 turn from these useless things to a living God Here **turn from…to** is a metaphor meaning to stop doing one thing and start doing something else. Alternate translation: “stop worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 15 qr5b Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 a living God “a God who truly exists” or “a God who lives”
|
||||
ACT 14 16 s2rn ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς 1 In the past ages “In previous times” or “Until now”
|
||||
ACT 14 16 vpt5 figs-metaphor πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 to walk in their own ways Walking in a way, or walking on a path, is a metaphor for living one’s life. Alternate translation: “to live their lives the way they wanted to” or “to do whatever they wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 16 s2rn ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς 1 In the generations gone by “In previous times” or “Until now”
|
||||
ACT 14 16 vpt5 figs-metaphor πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 to go their own ways Going in a way, or going along a path, is a metaphor for living one’s life. Alternate translation: “to live their lives the way they wanted to” or “to do whatever they wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 17 fw2s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas continue speaking to the crowd outside the city of Lystra ([Acts 14:8](../14/08.md)).
|
||||
ACT 14 17 kig8 figs-litotes οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὑτὸν ἀφῆκεν 1 he did not leave himself without witness This could also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “God has certainly left a witness” or “God has indeed testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 14 17 s3qn ἀγαθουργῶν 1 in that he did good “as shown by the fact that”
|
||||
ACT 14 17 ps9z figs-metonymy ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 filling your hearts with food and gladness Here “you hearts” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “giving you enough to eat and things about which to be happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 14 18 ut73 μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς 1 Paul and Barnabas barely kept the multitudes from sacrificing to them Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude from sacrificing to them, but it was difficult to do so.
|
||||
ACT 14 18 la43 μόλις κατέπαυσαν 1 barely kept “had difficulty preventing”
|
||||
ACT 14 17 ps9z figs-metonymy ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 filling your hearts with food and gladness Here **your hearts** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “giving you enough to eat and things about which to be happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 14 18 ut73 μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς 1 they barely restrained the crowds from sacrificing to them Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude from sacrificing to them, but it was difficult to do so.
|
||||
ACT 14 18 la43 μόλις κατέπαυσαν 1 they barely restrained “had difficulty preventing”
|
||||
ACT 14 19 bz7k 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “him” refer to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 14 19 wmc2 figs-explicit πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 persuaded the crowds It my be helpful to explicitly state what they persuaded the crowd to do. Alternate translation: “persuaded the people not to believe Paul and Barnabas, and to turn against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 14 19 xbv3 τοὺς ὄχλους 1 the crowds This may not be the same group as the “multitude” in the previous verse. Some time had passed, and this might be a different group that gathered together.
|
||||
ACT 14 19 t8mg νομίζοντες αὐτὸν τεθνηκέναι 1 thinking that he was dead “because they thought that he was already dead”
|
||||
ACT 14 19 t8mg νομίζοντες αὐτὸν τεθνηκέναι 1 thinking him to be dead “because they thought that he was already dead”
|
||||
ACT 14 20 pan3 τῶν μαθητῶν 1 the disciples These were new believers in the city of Lystra.
|
||||
ACT 14 20 aqx3 εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 entered the city “Paul re-entered Lystra with the believers”
|
||||
ACT 14 20 e2y9 ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τῷ Βαρναβᾷ εἰς Δέρβην 1 he went to Derbe with Barnabas “Paul and Barnabas went to the city of Derbe”
|
||||
ACT 14 20 aqx3 εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 he entered into the city “Paul re-entered Lystra with the believers”
|
||||
ACT 14 20 e2y9 ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τῷ Βαρναβᾷ εἰς Δέρβην 1 he went with Barnabas to Derbe “Paul and Barnabas went to the city of Derbe”
|
||||
ACT 14 21 wv7e figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “they” and “They” refer to Paul. Here the word “We” includes Paul, Barnabas, and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 21 ykt4 τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην 1 that city “Derbe” ([Acts 14:20](../14/20.md))
|
||||
ACT 14 22 ek9l figs-synecdoche ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν 1 They kept strengthening the souls of the disciples Here “souls” refers to the disciples. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus” or “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 zkd2 παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει 1 encouraging them to continue in the faith “encouraging the believers to keep trusting in Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 14 22 d9ic writing-quotations καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων, δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 saying, “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.” Some version translate this as an indirect quote, “saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.” The word “we” here includes Luke and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 wu1c figs-exclusive δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν 1 We must enter Paul includes his hearers, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 21 ykt4 τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην 1 in that city “in Derbe” ([Acts 14:20](../14/20.md))
|
||||
ACT 14 22 ek9l figs-synecdoche ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν 1 They were strengthening the souls of the disciples Here **souls** refers to the disciples. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus” or “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 zkd2 παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει 1 and encouraging them to continue in the faith “and encouraging the believers to keep trusting in Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 14 22 d9ic writing-quotations καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων, δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 and saying, “It is necessary for us to enter into the kingdom of God through many afflictions.” Some version translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 wu1c figs-exclusive δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν 1 It is necessary for us to enter Paul includes his hearers, so the word **us** is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 23 pk5l 0 General Information: Except for the third use of the word “they” which refers to the people that Paul and Barnabas had led to the Lord, all the words “they” here refer to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 14 23 mqp9 χειροτονήσαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους 1 When they had appointed for them elders in every church “When Paul and Barnabas had appointed leaders in each new group of believers”
|
||||
ACT 14 23 mqp9 χειροτονήσαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους 1 And when they had appointed for them elders in every church “And when Paul and Barnabas had appointed leaders in each new group of believers”
|
||||
ACT 14 23 nd87 παρέθεντο αὐτοὺς 1 they entrusted them Possible meanings are (1) “Paul and Barnabas entrusted the elders they had appointed” or (2) “Paul and Barnabas entrusted the leaders and other believers”
|
||||
ACT 14 23 ls62 εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν 1 in whom they had believed Who “they” refers to depends on your choice for the meaning of “them” in the previous note (either elders or leaders and other believers).
|
||||
ACT 14 25 t513 figs-metonymy καὶ λαλήσαντες ἐν Πέργῃ τὸν λόγον 1 When they had spoken the word in Perga “Word” here is a metonym for “message of God.” Alternate translation: “(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 14 25 h8sh κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλιαν 1 went down to Attalia The phrase “went down” is used here because Attalia is lower in elevation than Perga.
|
||||
ACT 14 26 f2cg ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 where they had been committed to the grace of God This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “where believers and leaders in Antioch had committed Paul and Barnabas to the grace of God” or “where the people of Antioch prayed that God would care for and protect Paul and Barnabas”
|
||||
ACT 14 23 ls62 εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν 1 in whom they had believed Who **they** refers to depends on your choice for the meaning of “them” in the previous note (either elders or leaders and other believers).
|
||||
ACT 14 25 t513 figs-metonymy καὶ λαλήσαντες ἐν Πέργῃ τὸν λόγον 1 And when they had spoken the word in Perga Here **word** is a metonym for “message of God.” Alternate translation: “And when they had spoken the message about Jesus in Perga” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 14 25 h8sh κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλιαν 1 they went down to Attalia The phrase **went down** is used here because Attalia is lower in elevation than Perga.
|
||||
ACT 14 26 f2cg ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 where they had been commended to the grace of God This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “where believers and leaders in Antioch had commended Paul and Barnabas to the grace of God” or “where the people of Antioch prayed that God would care for and protect Paul and Barnabas”
|
||||
ACT 14 27 vcd3 0 General Information: Here the words “they,” “them,” and “They” refer to Paul and Barnabas. The word “he” refers to God.
|
||||
ACT 14 27 i9dv συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 gathered the church together “called the local believers to meet together”
|
||||
ACT 14 27 i9dv συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 gathered together the church “called the local believers to meet together”
|
||||
ACT 14 27 b4id figs-metaphor ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως 1 he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles God’s enabling the Gentiles to believe is spoken of as if he had opened a door that had prevented them from entering into faith. Alternate translation: “God had made it possible for the Gentiles to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 28 abcq figs-litotes χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον 1 for not a little time This phrase is a litotes. The words **not** and **a little** together mean ‘a lot.’ Alternate translation: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 14 28 abcq figs-litotes χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον 1 for not a little time This phrase is a litotes. The words **not** and **a little** together mean “a lot.” Alternate translation: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 15 intro h917 0 # Acts 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16-17.<br><br>The meeting that Luke describes in this chapter is commonly called the “Jerusalem Council.” This was a time when many church leaders got together to decide if believers needed to obey the whole law of Moses.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>In this chapter Luke begins to use the word “brothers” to refer to fellow Christians instead of fellow Jews.<br><br>### Obeying the law of Moses<br><br>Some believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised and that this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not want the Gentiles to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do.<br><br>### “Abstain from things sacrificed to idols, blood, things strangled, and from sexual immorality”<br><br>It is possible that the church leaders decided on these laws so that Jews and Gentiles could not only live together but eat the same foods together.
|
||||
ACT 15 1 qck6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are still in Antioch when there is a dispute about the Gentiles and circumcision.
|
||||
ACT 15 1 su66 figs-explicit τινες 1 Some men “Some men.” You can make explicit that these men were Jews who believed in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 1 p3k9 κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 came down from Judea The phrase “came down” is used here because Judea is higher in elevation than Antioch.
|
||||
ACT 15 1 zi1n figs-explicit ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 taught the brothers Here “brothers” stands for believers in Christ. It is implied that they were in Antioch. Alternate translation: “taught the believers at Antioch” or “were teaching the believers at Antioch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 1 pm8h figs-activepassive ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῷ ἔθει τῷ Μωϋσέως, οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι 1 Unless you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Unless someone circumcises you according to the custom of Moses, God cannot save you” or “God will not save you from your sins unless you receive circumcision according to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 abcr figs-litotes στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης 1 had not a little dispute and debate This phrase is a litotes. The words **not** and **a little** together mean ‘a lot.’ Alternate translation: “a sharp dispute and debate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 f9nd figs-abstractnouns γενομένης…στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης 1 had not a little dispute and debate The abstract nouns “dispute” and “debate” can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “strongly confronted and debated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 ek6a ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 go up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 15 1 su66 figs-explicit τινες 1 certain ones “some men.” You can make explicit that these men were Jews who believed in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 1 p3k9 κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 coming down from Judea The phrase **coming down** is used here because Judea is higher in elevation than Antioch.
|
||||
ACT 15 1 zi1n figs-explicit ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 taught the brothers Here **brothers** stands for believers in Christ. It is implied that they were in Antioch. Alternate translation: “taught the believers at Antioch” or “were teaching the believers at Antioch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 1 pm8h figs-activepassive ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῷ ἔθει τῷ Μωϋσέως, οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι 1 Unless you are circumcised in the custom of Moses, you are not able to be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Unless someone circumcises you in the custom of Moses, God cannot save you” or “God will not save you from your sins unless you receive circumcision according to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 abcr figs-litotes στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης 1 not a little dispute and debate This phrase is a litotes. The words **not** and **a little** together mean “a lot.” Alternate translation: “a sharp dispute and debate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 f9nd figs-abstractnouns στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης 1 not a little dispute and debate The abstract nouns **dispute** and **debate** can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “strongly confronted and debated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 ek6a ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 to go up…in Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 15 2 z983 τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου 1 this question “this issue”
|
||||
ACT 15 3 h2mw 0 General Information: Here the words “They,” “they,” and “them” refer to Paul, Barnabas, and certain others ([Acts 15:2](../15/02.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 3 av5y figs-activepassive οἱ μὲν οὖν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 They therefore, being sent by the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore the community of believers sent them from Antioch to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 aia5 figs-metonymy προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 being sent by the church Here “church” stands for the people that were a part of the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 i5kd διήρχοντο τήν τε Φοινίκην καὶ Σαμάρειαν, ἐκδιηγούμενοι 1 passed through…announced The words “passed through” and “announced” indicate they spent some time in different places sharing in detail what God was doing.
|
||||
ACT 15 3 rk37 figs-abstractnouns ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 announced the conversion of the Gentiles The abstract noun “conversion” means the Gentiles were rejecting their false gods and believing in God. Alternate translation: “announced to the community of believers in those places that Gentiles were believing in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 nje7 figs-metaphor ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 They brought great joy to all the brothers Their message causing the brothers to be joyful is spoken of as if “joy” were an object that they brought to the brothers. Alternate translation: “What they said caused their fellow believers to rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 bbd4 τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers Here “brothers” refers to fellow believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 4 ej1r figs-activepassive παρεδέχθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 they were welcomed by the church and the apostles and the elders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the apostles, the elders, and the rest of the community of believers welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 av5y figs-activepassive οἱ μὲν οὖν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 Therefore, the ones who had been sent by the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore the community of believers sent them from Antioch to Jerusalem, and they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 aia5 figs-metonymy προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 who had been sent by the church Here **church** refers to the people that were a part of the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 i5kd διήρχοντο τήν τε Φοινίκην καὶ Σαμάρειαν, ἐκδιηγούμενοι 1 passed through both Phoenicia and Samaria announcing The words **passed through** and **announcing** indicate they spent some time in different places sharing in detail what God was doing.
|
||||
ACT 15 3 rk37 figs-abstractnouns ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 announcing the conversion of the Gentiles The abstract noun **conversion** means the Gentiles were rejecting their false gods and believing in God. Alternate translation: “announced to the community of believers in those places that Gentiles were believing in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 nje7 figs-metaphor ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 they brought great joy to all the brothers Their message causing the brothers to be joyful is spoken of as if **joy** were an object that they brought to **the brothers**. Alternate translation: “what they said caused their fellow believers to rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 bbd4 πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 to all the brothers Here **brothers** refers to fellow believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 4 ej1r figs-activepassive παρεδέχθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 they were welcomed by the church, and the apostles, and the elders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the apostles, the elders, and the rest of the community of believers welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 4 a2x1 μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 with them “through them”
|
||||
ACT 15 5 efe5 0 General Information: Here the word “them” refers to non-Jewish believers who were not circumcised and did not keep the Old Testament laws of God.
|
||||
ACT 15 5 f2b5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are now in Jerusalem to meet with the apostles and elders there.
|
||||
ACT 15 5 k6k7 δέ τινες 1 But certain men Here Luke contrasts those who believe that salvation is only in Jesus to others who believe salvation is by Jesus yet also believe that circumcision is required for salvation.
|
||||
ACT 15 5 k6k7 δέ τινες 1 But certain ones Here Luke contrasts those who believe that salvation is only in Jesus to others who believe salvation is by Jesus yet also believe that circumcision is required for salvation.
|
||||
ACT 15 5 b9nt τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως 1 to keep the law of Moses “to obey the law of Moses”
|
||||
ACT 15 6 ugu6 ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τούτου 1 to consider this matter The church leaders decided to discuss whether or not Gentiles needed to be circumcised and obey the law of Moses in order for God to save them from their sins.
|
||||
ACT 15 6 ugu6 ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τούτου 1 to see about this matter The church leaders decided to discuss whether or not Gentiles needed to be circumcised and obey the law of Moses in order for God to save them from their sins.
|
||||
ACT 15 7 wct8 figs-you 0 General Information: The first word “them” refers to apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)) and the other words “them” and “their” refer to the believing Gentiles. Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the apostles and elders present. The word “he” refers to God. Here “us” is plural and refers to Peter, the apostles and elders, and all Jewish believers in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 7 hxu9 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins to speak to the apostles and elders who met to discuss whether Gentiles had to receive circumcision and keep the law ([Acts 15:5-6](./05.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 7 a6q9 ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Peter is addressing all of the believers who were present.
|
||||
ACT 15 7 s3wb figs-synecdoche διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 by my mouth Here “mouth” refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “from me” or “by me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 15 7 yer1 ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη 1 the Gentiles should hear “the Gentiles would hear”
|
||||
ACT 15 7 b5s8 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the word of the gospel Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 8 m1xc figs-metonymy ὁ καρδιογνώστης 1 who knows the heart Here “heart” refers to the “minds” or “inner beings.” Alternate translation: “who knows the people’s minds” or “who knows what people think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 8 p6d2 ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς 1 witnesses to them “witnesses to the Gentiles”
|
||||
ACT 15 7 a6q9 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Peter is addressing all of the believers who were present.
|
||||
ACT 15 7 s3wb figs-synecdoche διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 by my mouth Here **mouth** refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “from me” or “by me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 15 7 yer1 ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη 1 the Gentiles to hear “that the Gentiles would hear”
|
||||
ACT 15 7 b5s8 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the word of the gospel Here **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 8 m1xc figs-metonymy καρδιογνώστης 1 who knows the heart Here **heart** refers to the “minds” or “inner beings.” Alternate translation: “who knows the people’s minds” or “who knows what people think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 8 p6d2 ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς 1 testified to them “witnesses to the Gentiles”
|
||||
ACT 15 8 i1gc δοὺς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 giving them the Holy Spirit “causing the Holy Spirit to come upon them”
|
||||
ACT 15 8 abcs figs-ellipsis καθὼς καὶ ἡμῖν 1 just as also to us Here Luke expects his readers to understand the words ‘he gave’ that he leaves out. Alternate translation: “just as he also gave to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 15 9 zs2g οὐδὲν διέκρινεν 1 made no distinction God did not treat Jewish believers different from Gentile believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 9 ase1 figs-metaphor τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 making their hearts clean by faith God’s forgiving the Gentile believers’ sins is spoken as though he literally cleaned their hearts. Here “heart” stands for the person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “forgiving their sins because they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 8 abcs figs-ellipsis καθὼς καὶ ἡμῖν 1 just as also to us Here Luke expects his readers to understand the words “he gave” that he leaves out. Alternate translation: “just as he also gave to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 15 9 zs2g οὐδὲν διέκρινεν 1 he did not distinguish God did not treat Jewish believers different from Gentile believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 9 ase1 figs-metaphor τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 having made their hearts clean by faith God’s forgiving the Gentile believers’ sins is spoken as though he literally cleaned their hearts. Here **heart** stands for the person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “forgiving their sins because they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 10 ha45 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Peter includes his audience by his use of “our” and “we.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 10 wjq7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes speaking to the apostles and elders.
|
||||
ACT 15 10 rfr4 νῦν 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
ACT 15 10 zaz6 figs-rquestion τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι 1 why do you test God, that you should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? Peter uses a question with a word picture to tell the Jewish believers they should not require the non-Jewish believers to perform circumcision to be saved. Alternate translation: “Do not test God by putting a burden on the non-Jewish believers which we Jews were not able to bear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 10 zaz6 figs-rquestion τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι? 1 why are you testing God, to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? Peter uses a question with a word picture to tell the Jewish believers they should not require the non-Jewish believers to perform circumcision to be saved. Alternate translation: “do not test God by putting a burden on the non-Jewish believers which we Jews were not able to bear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 10 bfd5 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers This refers to their Jewish ancestors.
|
||||
ACT 15 11 q28c figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι καθ’ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι 1 But we believe that we shall be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, just as they were This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But we believe the Lord Jesus shall save us by his grace, just as he saved the non-Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 11 q28c figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι καθ’ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι 1 But we believe to be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, and they according to that same manner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But we believe the Lord Jesus shall save us by his grace, just as he saved the non-Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 12 um1p 0 General Information: Here the word “them” refers to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 15 12 d1uc πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος 1 All the multitude “Everyone” or “The whole group” ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 12 d1uc πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος 1 all the crowd “everyone” or “the whole group” ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 12 uks6 ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God had worked “God had done” or “God had caused”
|
||||
ACT 15 13 vb25 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Barnabas ([Acts 15:12](../15/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 13 l7mp 0 Connecting Statement: James begins to speak to the apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 13 pl6m ἀδελφοί, ἀκούσατέ 1 Brothers, listen “Fellow believers, listen.” James was probably speaking only to men.
|
||||
ACT 15 14 abct ἐπεσκέψατο, λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν 1 visited them to take from the Gentiles “graciously helped the Gentiles by taking out of them”
|
||||
ACT 15 13 pl6m ἀδελφοί, ἀκούσατέ 1 brothers, listen “fellow believers, listen.” James was probably speaking only to men.
|
||||
ACT 15 14 abct ἐπεσκέψατο, λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν 1 concerned himself to take from the Gentiles “graciously helped the Gentiles by taking out of them”
|
||||
ACT 15 14 s9dn λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸν 1 to take from them a people “so that he might choose from among them a people”
|
||||
ACT 15 14 pnr9 figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 for his name “for God’s name.” Here “name” refers to God. Alternate translation: “for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 14 pnr9 figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 for his name “for God’s name.” Here **name** refers to God. Alternate translation: “for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 15 h9um 0 General Information: Here “I” refers to God who spoke through the words of his prophet.
|
||||
ACT 15 15 ibb2 0 Connecting Statement: James quotes the prophet Amos from the Old Testament.
|
||||
ACT 15 15 am6y figs-metonymy συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν 1 The words of the prophets agree Here “words” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “What the prophets said agrees” or “The prophets agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 15 nbi1 τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν 1 agree with this “confirm this truth”
|
||||
ACT 15 15 j4f5 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as they wrote” or “as the prophet Amos wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 16 f5wf figs-metaphor ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν, καὶ τὰ κατεστραμμένα αὐτῆς, ἀνοικοδομήσω καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν 1 I will build again the tent of David, which has fallen down…its ruins again This speaks of God’s again choosing one of David’s descendants to rule over his people as though he were setting up a tent again after it fell down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 16 ist8 figs-metonymy σκηνὴν 1 tent Here “tent” stands for David’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 15 am6y figs-metonymy τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν 1 this agrees with the words of the prophets Here **words** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “what the prophets said agrees” or “the prophets agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 15 nbi1 τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν 1 this agrees with “this confirms”
|
||||
ACT 15 15 j4f5 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as they wrote” or “just as the prophet Amos wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 16 f5wf figs-metaphor ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν, καὶ τὰ κατεστραμμένα αὐτῆς, ἀνοικοδομήσω καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν 1 I will build again the tent of David, which has fallen down; and I will rebuild its ruins and will restore it This speaks of God’s again choosing one of David’s descendants to rule over his people as though he were setting up a tent again after it fell down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 16 ist8 figs-metonymy τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ 1 the tent of David Here **tent** stands for David’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 sm79 figs-metaphor ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν Κύριον 1 the remnant of men may seek the Lord This speaks about people wanting to obey God and learn more about him as if they were literally looking for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 hkw1 figs-gendernotations κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 remnant of men Here “men” includes males and females. Alternate translation: “remnant of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 hkw1 figs-gendernotations κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 remnant of men Here **men** includes males and females. Alternate translation: “remnant of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 pe4l figs-123person ἐκζητήσωσιν…τὸν Κύριον 1 may seek the Lord God is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “may seek me, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 tu21 figs-activepassive καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 including all the Gentiles called by my name This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “including all the Gentiles who belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 c8gm figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here “my name” stands for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 18 tr27 figs-activepassive γνωστὰ 1 that have been known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that people have known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 tu21 figs-activepassive καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 including all the Gentiles upon whom my name has been called upon them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “including all the Gentiles who belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 c8gm figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here **my name** stands for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 18 tr27 figs-activepassive γνωστὰ 1 known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that people have known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 19 g3zx figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here “we” includes James, the apostles, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 19 f6za 0 Connecting Statement: James finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. (See: [Acts 15:2](../15/02.md) and [Acts 15:13](./13.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 19 pyb9 figs-explicit μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 we should not trouble those of the Gentiles You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we should not require the Gentiles to become circumcised and obey the laws of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 19 vr6u figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 who turn to God A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically turning towards God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 20 wx8f ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων, καὶ τῆς πορνείας, καὶ τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος 1 they must keep away from the pollution of idols…sexual immorality…strangled…blood Sexual immorality, strangling animals, and consuming blood were often part of ceremonies to worship idols and false gods.
|
||||
ACT 15 19 pyb9 figs-explicit μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν, ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 not to trouble those from the Gentiles who are turning to God You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we should not require the Gentiles who are believing in God to become circumcised and to obey the laws of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 19 vr6u figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 who are turning to God A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically **turning** towards God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 20 wx8f ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων, καὶ τῆς πορνείας, καὶ τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος 1 to keep away from the pollution of idols, and sexual immorality, and things that are strangled, and blood Sexual immorality, strangling animals, and consuming blood were often part of ceremonies to worship idols and false gods.
|
||||
ACT 15 20 n6f2 figs-explicit ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων 1 pollution of idols This possibly refers to eating the meat of an animal that someone has sacrificed to an idol or to anything to do with idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 20 j2rl figs-explicit τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος 1 from the meat of strangled animals, and from blood God did not allow Jews to eat meat that still had the blood in it. Also, even earlier in Moses’ writings in Genesis, God had forbidden the drinking of blood. Therefore, they could not eat an animal that someone strangled because the blood was not properly drained from the body of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 21 si1h figs-explicit Μωϋσῆς γὰρ ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν Σάββατον ἀναγινωσκόμενος. 1 Moses has been proclaimed in every city…and he is read in the synagogues every Sabbath James is implying that Gentiles know how important these rules are because Jews preach them in every city where there is a synagogue. It also implies the Gentiles can go to the teachers from the synagogues to learn more about these rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 21 zd7t figs-metonymy Μωϋσῆς…τοὺς κηρύσσοντας 1 Moses has been proclaimed Here “Moses” represents the law of Moses. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The law of Moses has been proclaimed” or “Jews have taught the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 21 xg5n figs-hyperbole κατὰ πόλιν 1 in every city The word “every” here is a generalization. Alternate translation: “in many cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 15 21 pbm5 figs-metonymy ἀναγινωσκόμενος 1 and he is read Here “he” refers to Moses, whose name here represents his law. Alternate translation: “and the law is read” or “and they read the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 20 j2rl figs-explicit τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος 1 things that are strangled, and blood God did not allow Jews to eat meat that still had the blood in it. Also, even earlier in Moses’ writings in Genesis, God had forbidden the drinking of blood. Therefore, they could not eat an animal that someone strangled because the blood was not properly drained from the body of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 21 si1h figs-explicit Μωϋσῆς γὰρ ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν Σάββατον ἀναγινωσκόμενος. 1 For Moses has in every city, from ancient generations, those proclaiming him, being read in the synagogues every Sabbath James is implying that Gentiles know how important these rules are because Jews preach them in every city where there is a synagogue. It also implies the Gentiles can go to the teachers from the synagogues to learn more about these rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 21 zd7t figs-metonymy Μωϋσῆς 1 Moses Here **Moses** represents the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 21 wp1s figs-activepassive Μωϋσῆς…ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει 1 Moses has in every city, from ancient generations, those proclaiming him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there are Jews in every city, from ancient generations, who are proclaiming the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 21 xg5n figs-hyperbole κατὰ πόλιν 1 in every city The word **every** here is a generalization. Alternate translation: “in many cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 15 22 rhn3 0 General Information: Here the word “them” refers to Judas and Silas. The word “They” refers to the apostles, elders, and other believers of the church in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 15 22 hp6j figs-explicit ὅλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 the whole church Here “church” refers to the people who are a part of the church in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the church in Jerusalem” or “the whole community of believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 22 c711 translate-names Ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν 1 Judas called Barsabbas This is the name of a man. “Barsabbas” is a second name that people called him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 15 23 e4g2 οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, ἀδελφοὶ, τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν, καὶ Συρίαν, καὶ Κιλικίαν, ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν 1 From the apostles and elders, your brothers, to the Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia: Greetings! This is the introduction of the letter. Your language may have a way of introducing the author of the letter and to whom it is written. Alternate translation: “This letter is from your brothers, the apostles and elders. We are writing to you Gentile believers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings to you” or “To our Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings from the apostles and elders, your brothers”
|
||||
ACT 15 23 kp51 ἀδελφοὶ, τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν 1 your brothers…the Gentile brothers Here the word “brothers” refers to fellow believers. By using these words, the apostles and elders assure the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 22 hp6j figs-explicit ὅλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 the whole church Here **church** refers to the people who are a part of the church in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the church in Jerusalem” or “the whole community of believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 22 c711 translate-names Ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν 1 Judas called Barsabbas This is the name of a man. **Barsabbas** is a second name that people called him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 15 23 e4g2 οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, ἀδελφοὶ, τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν, καὶ Συρίαν, καὶ Κιλικίαν, ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν 1 The apostles and the elders, brothers, to those throughout Antioch and Syria and Cilicia, who are brothers from among the Gentiles. Greetings This is the introduction of the letter. Your language may have a way of introducing the author of the letter and to whom it is written. Alternate translation: “This letter is from your brothers, the apostles and elders. We are writing to you Gentile believers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings to you” or “To our Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings from the apostles and elders, your brothers”
|
||||
ACT 15 23 kp51 ἀδελφοὶ…ἀδελφοῖς 1 brothers…brothers Here both instances of the word **brothers** refer to fellow believers. By using these words, the apostles and elders assure the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 23 php8 translate-names Κιλικίαν 1 Cilicia This is the name of a province on the coast in Asia Minor north of the Island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 15 24 g8m9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here all instances of “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to the believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 24 p1tl ὅτι τινὲς 1 that certain men “that some men”
|
||||
ACT 15 24 kh16 οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα 1 with no orders from us “even though we gave no orders for them to go”
|
||||
ACT 15 24 bxq8 figs-synecdoche ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 disturbed you with teachings that upset your souls Here “souls” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “have taught things that have troubled you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 15 25 c3dl ἐκλεξαμένοις ἄνδρας 1 to choose men The men they sent were Judas called Barsabbas and Silas ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 26 t7vw figs-metonymy τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here “name” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ” or “because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 24 p1tl ὅτι τινὲς 1 that certain ones “that some men”
|
||||
ACT 15 24 kh16 οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα 1 who were not ordered by us “even though we gave no orders for them to go”
|
||||
ACT 15 24 bxq8 figs-synecdoche ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 to disturb you with teachings that are upsetting your souls Here **souls** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “to teach things that have troubled you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 15 25 c3dl ἐκλεξαμένοις ἄνδρας 1 chosen men The men they sent were Judas called Barsabbas and Silas ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 26 t7vw figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here **name** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ” or “because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 27 j1jb figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “We” and “us” refer to the leaders and believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 27 v2ee 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the letter from the Jerusalem church to the Gentile believers in Antioch.
|
||||
ACT 15 27 xw8l figs-explicit αὐτοὺς διὰ λόγου ἀπαγγέλλοντας τὰ αὐτά 1 who will tell you the same thing themselves in their own words This phrase emphasizes that Judas and Silas will say the same things that the apostles and elders had written. Alternate translation: “who themselves will tell you the same things about which we have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 28 l9z6 figs-metaphor μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος, πλὴν τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες 1 to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things This speaks about laws that people need to obey as if they were objects that people carry on their shoulders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 29 nt7s εἰδωλοθύτων 1 from things sacrificed to idols This means they are not allowed to eat the meat of an animal that someone sacrifices to an idol.
|
||||
ACT 15 27 xw8l figs-explicit αὐτοὺς διὰ λόγου ἀπαγγέλλοντας τὰ αὐτά 1 they are reporting to you the same thing in words This phrase emphasizes that Judas and Silas will say the same things that the apostles and elders had written. Alternate translation: “they themselves will tell you the same things about which we have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 28 l9z6 figs-metaphor μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος, πλὴν τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες 1 to be laid upon you no greater burden than these necessary things This speaks about laws that people need to obey as if they were objects that people carry on their shoulders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 29 nt7s εἰδωλοθύτων 1 things sacrificed to idols This means they are not allowed to eat the meat of an animal that someone sacrifices to an idol.
|
||||
ACT 15 29 vcc6 figs-explicit αἵματος 1 blood This refers to drinking blood or eating meat from which the blood has not been drained. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 29 rt55 πνικτῶν 1 things strangled A strangled animal was killed but its blood was not drained.
|
||||
ACT 15 29 buy9 ἔρρωσθε 1 Farewell This announces the end of the letter. Alternate translation: “Goodbye”
|
||||
ACT 15 30 khi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas leave for Antioch.
|
||||
ACT 15 30 c3uk οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀπολυθέντες, κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 So they, when they were dismissed, came down to Antioch The word “they” refers to Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas. Alternate translation: “So when the four men were dismissed, they came down to Antioch”
|
||||
ACT 15 30 usz6 figs-activepassive ἀπολυθέντες 1 when they were dismissed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the apostles and elders dismissed the four men” or “when the believers in Jerusalem sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 30 t55a κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 came down to Antioch The phrase “came down” is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 15 31 k1mr ἀναγνόντες…ἐχάρησαν 1 they rejoiced “the believers in Antioch rejoiced”
|
||||
ACT 15 31 e4gf figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει 1 because of the encouragement The abstract noun “encouragement” can be expressed with the verb “encourage.” Alternate translation: “because what the apostles and elders wrote encouraged them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 32 r65l καὶ…προφῆται 1 also prophets Prophets were teachers authorized by God to speak for him. Alternate translation: “because they were prophets” or “who were also prophets”
|
||||
ACT 15 30 c3uk οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀπολυθέντες, κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 So when they were dismissed, they came down to Antioch The word **they** refers to Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas. Alternate translation: “So when the four men were dismissed, they came down to Antioch”
|
||||
ACT 15 30 usz6 figs-activepassive οἱ…ἀπολυθέντες 1 when they were dismissed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the apostles and elders dismissed the four men” or “when the believers in Jerusalem sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 30 t55a κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 they came down to Antioch The phrase **came down** is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 15 31 k1mr ἐχάρησαν 1 they rejoiced “the believers in Antioch rejoiced”
|
||||
ACT 15 31 e4gf figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει 1 because of the encouragement The abstract noun **encouragement** can be expressed with the verb “encourage.” Alternate translation: “because what the apostles and elders wrote encouraged them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 32 r65l καὶ αὐτοὶ προφῆται ὄντες 1 also being prophets themselves Prophets were teachers authorized by God to speak for him. Alternate translation: “because they were also prophets” or “who were also prophets”
|
||||
ACT 15 32 e2en τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers “the fellow believers”
|
||||
ACT 15 32 j99g figs-metaphor ἐπεστήριξαν 1 strengthened them Helping someone to depend even more on Jesus is spoken of as if they were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 33 y2ls 0 Connecting Statement: Judas and Silas return to Jerusalem while Paul and Barnabas remain in Antioch.
|
||||
ACT 15 33 v7pj figs-metaphor ποιήσαντες δὲ χρόνον 1 After they had spent some time there This speaks about time as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. The word “they” refers to Judas and Silas. Alternate translation: “After they stayed there for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 33 v6im figs-activepassive ἀπελύθησαν μετ’ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 they were sent away in peace from the brothers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the brothers sent Judas and Silas back in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 33 v7pj figs-metaphor ποιήσαντες δὲ χρόνον 1 And after they had spent time there This speaks about time as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. The word “they” refers to Judas and Silas. Alternate translation: “And after they stayed there for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 33 v6im figs-activepassive ἀπελύθησαν μετ’ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 they were sent away with peace from the brothers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the brothers sent Judas and Silas back in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 33 wzw4 τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers This refers to the believers in Antioch.
|
||||
ACT 15 33 xv3h πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας αὐτούς 1 to those who had sent them “to the believers in Jerusalem who sent Judas and Silas” ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 35 e7s4 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 35 e7s4 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 36 k6c6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas go on separate journeys.
|
||||
ACT 15 36 i1n5 ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ 1 Let us return now “I suggest we now return”
|
||||
ACT 15 36 ib2j ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 visit the brothers “care for the brothers” or “offer to help the believers”
|
||||
ACT 15 36 ua1f figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here “word” stands for the message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 36 y9i9 πῶς ἔχουσιν 1 see how they are “learn how they are doing.” They want to learn about the current condition of the brothers and how they are holding on to God’s truth.
|
||||
ACT 15 37 s635 συνπαραλαβεῖν καὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην, τὸν καλούμενον Μᾶρκον 1 to also take with them John who was called Mark “to take John, who was also called Mark”
|
||||
ACT 15 38 a5nn figs-litotes Παῦλος…ἠξίου…μὴ…συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον 1 Paul thought it was not good to take Mark The words “not good” are used to say the opposite of good. Alternate translation: “Paul thought that taking Mark would be bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 15 36 i1n5 ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ 1 Returning, then “On our way back to Antioch” or “As we are going back”
|
||||
ACT 15 36 ib2j ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 let us visit the brothers “let us care for the brothers” or “we should offer to help the believers”
|
||||
ACT 15 36 ua1f figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here **word** stands for the message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 36 y9i9 πῶς ἔχουσιν 1 how they are “to learn how they are doing.” They want to learn about the current condition of the brothers and how they are holding on to God’s truth.
|
||||
ACT 15 38 a5nn figs-litotes Παῦλος…ἠξίου…μὴ συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον 1 Paul thought it wise not to take along him The words **wise not** are used to say the opposite of **wise**. Alternate translation: “Paul thought that taking Mark along would be foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 15 38 ht3k Παμφυλίας 1 Pamphylia This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
ACT 15 38 ln7w μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον 1 did not go further with them in the work “did not continue to work with them then” or “did not continue to serve with them”
|
||||
ACT 15 38 ln7w μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον 1 did not go with them in the work “did not continue to work with them” or “did not continue to serve with them”
|
||||
ACT 15 39 bb8w 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Barnabas and Paul.
|
||||
ACT 15 39 u97a figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο δὲ παροξυσμὸς 1 Then there arose a sharp disagreement The abstract noun “disagreement” can be stated as the verb “disagree.” Alternate translation: “They strongly disagreed with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 40 l2uq figs-activepassive παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 after he was entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord To entrust to someone means to place the care and responsibility for someone or something to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after the believers in Antioch entrusted Paul to the grace of the Lord” or “after the believers in Antioch prayed for the Lord to take care of Paul and show kindness to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 41 e3ym figs-explicit διήρχετο 1 he went The previous sentence implies that Silas was with Paul. Alternate translation: “they went” or “Paul and Silas went” or “Paul took Silas and went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 41 t81z διήρχετο…τὴν Συρίαν καὶ τὴν Κιλικίαν 1 went through Syria and Cilicia These are provinces or areas in Asia Minor, near the island of Cyprus.
|
||||
ACT 15 41 tbv3 figs-metaphor ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας 1 strengthening the churches Encouraging the believers in the churches is spoken of as though Paul and Silas were making the believers physically stronger. The word “churches” refers to the groups of believers in Syria and Cilicia. Alternate translation: “encouraging the believers in the churches” or “helping the community of believers to depend even more in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 39 u97a figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο δὲ παροξυσμὸς, ὥστε ἀποχωρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων 1 And there arose a sharp disagreement, so as to separate them from each other The abstract noun **disagreement** can be stated as the verb “disagree.” Alternate translation: “And they so strongly disagreed with each other that they separated from each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 40 l2uq figs-activepassive παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 after he had been entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord To entrust to someone means to place the care and responsibility for someone or something to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after the believers in Antioch entrusted Paul to the grace of the Lord” or “after the believers in Antioch prayed for the Lord to take care of Paul and show kindness to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 41 e3ym figs-explicit διήρχετο 1 he went through The previous sentence implies that Silas was with Paul. Alternate translation: “they went through” or “Paul and Silas went all around in” or “Paul took Silas and went throughout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 41 t81z τὴν Συρίαν καὶ τὴν Κιλικίαν 1 Syria and Cilicia These are provinces or areas in Asia Minor, near the island of Cyprus.
|
||||
ACT 15 41 tbv3 figs-metaphor ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας 1 strengthening the churches Encouraging the believers in the churches is spoken of as though Paul and Silas were making the believers physically stronger. The word **churches** refers to the groups of believers in Syria and Cilicia. Alternate translation: “encouraging the believers in the churches” or “helping the community of believers to depend even more in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 intro e7z2 0 # Acts 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Timothy’s circumcision<br><br>Paul circumcised Timothy because they were telling the message of Jesus to Jews and Gentiles. Paul wanted the Jews to know that he respected the law of Moses even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Christians did not need to be circumcised.<br><br>### The woman who had a spirit of divination<br><br>Most people want very much to know the future, but the law of Moses said that speaking with the spirits of dead people to learn about the future is a sin. This woman seems to have been able to tell the future very well. She was a slave, and her masters made much money from her work. Paul wanted her to stop sinning, so he told the spirit to leave her. Luke does not say that she began to follow Jesus or tell us anything more about her.
|
||||
ACT 16 1 l2b1 0 General Information: The first, third, and fourth instances of the word “him” refer to Timothy. The second “him” refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 16 1 f49m writing-background 0 This continues the missionary journeys of Paul with Silas. Timothy is introduced into the story and joins Paul and Silas. Verses 1 and 2 give background information about Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 16 1 km5q figs-go κατήντησεν…καὶ 1 Paul also came Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 1 km5q figs-go κατήντησεν…καὶ 1 Paul also came down Here **came** can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 1 d4ka Δέρβην 1 Derbe This is the name of a city in Asia Minor. See how you translated it in [Acts 14:6](../14/06.md).
|
||||
ACT 16 1 u3vr ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the narrative. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
ACT 16 1 wxl8 figs-ellipsis πιστῆς 1 who believed The words “in Christ” are understood. Alternate translation: “who believed in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 16 1 u3vr ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the narrative. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
ACT 16 1 wxl8 figs-ellipsis γυναικὸς Ἰουδαίας πιστῆς 1 a believing Jewish woman The words “in Christ” are understood. Alternate translation: “a Jewish woman who believed in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 16 2 t1lu figs-activepassive ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν…ἀδελφῶν 1 He was well spoken of by the brothers This can be stated in active from. Alternate translation: “The brothers spoke well of him” or “Timothy had a good reputation among the brothers” or “The brothers said good things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 2 rez2 ὑπὸ τῶν…ἀδελφῶν 1 by the brothers Here “brothers” refers to believers. Alternate translation: “by the believers”
|
||||
ACT 16 3 p6z8 περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν 1 circumcised him It is possible that Paul himself circumcised Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise Timothy.
|
||||
ACT 16 3 za93 διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις 1 because of the Jews that were in those places “because of the Jews living in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling”
|
||||
ACT 16 2 rez2 ὑπὸ τῶν…ἀδελφῶν 1 by the brothers Here **brothers** refers to believers. Alternate translation: “by the believers”
|
||||
ACT 16 3 p6z8 περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν 1 he circumcised him It is possible that Paul himself circumcised Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise Timothy.
|
||||
ACT 16 3 za93 διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις 1 because of the Jews who were in those places “because of the Jews living in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling”
|
||||
ACT 16 3 hk2l figs-explicit ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες, ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν 1 for they all knew that his father was a Greek Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 4 n46i 0 General Information: The word “they” here refers to Paul, Silas ([Acts 15:40](../15/40.md)), and Timothy ([Acts 16:3](./03.md)).
|
||||
ACT 16 4 bu6r αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν 1 for them to obey “for the church members to obey” or “for the believers to obey”
|
||||
ACT 16 4 gpi3 figs-activepassive τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 that had been written by the apostles and elders in Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 5 q8v9 figs-activepassive αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει, καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 the churches were strengthened in the faith and increased in number daily This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The believers became stronger in their faith, and there were more and more people becoming believers every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 5 lv4f figs-metaphor αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει 1 the churches were strengthened in the faith This speaks of helping someone to believe more confidently as if it were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 4 bu6r αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν 1 for them to keep “for the church members to obey” or “for the believers to obey”
|
||||
ACT 16 4 gpi3 figs-activepassive τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 that had been decided by the apostles and elders who were in Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 5 q8v9 figs-activepassive αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει, καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 the churches were being strengthened in the faith and were increasing in number each day This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the believers became stronger in their faith, and there were more and more people becoming believers every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 5 lv4f figs-metaphor αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει 1 the churches were being strengthened in the faith This speaks of helping someone to believe more confidently as if it were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 6 g97e τὴν Φρυγίαν 1 Phrygia This is a region in Asia. See how you translated this name in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
ACT 16 6 ue3k figs-activepassive κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 they had been forbidden by the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit had forbidden them” or “the Holy Spirit did not permit them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 6 h4u4 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Here “word” stands for “message.” Alternate translation: “the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 7 x1b1 figs-go ἐλθόντες δὲ 1 When they came Here “came” can be translated as “went” or “arrived.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 6 ue3k figs-activepassive κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 having been forbidden by the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit had forbidden them” or “because the Holy Spirit did not permit them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 6 h4u4 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Here **word** stands for “message.” Alternate translation: “the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 7 x1b1 figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 when they had come Here **had come** can be translated as “had gone” or “had arrived.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 7 b1xq translate-names Μυσίαν…Βιθυνίαν 1 Mysia…Bithynia These are two more regions in Asia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 16 7 b539 τὸ Πνεῦμα Ἰησοῦ 1 the Spirit of Jesus “the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ACT 16 8 s6l1 κατέβησαν εἰς Τρῳάδα 1 they came down to the city of Troas The phrase “came down” is used here because Troas is lower in elevation than Mysia.
|
||||
ACT 16 8 xq6n figs-go κατέβησαν 1 they came down Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 9 t6v2 ὅραμα…τῷ Παύλῳ ὤφθη 1 A vision appeared to Paul “Paul saw a vision from God” or “Paul had a vision from God”
|
||||
ACT 16 8 s6l1 κατέβησαν εἰς Τρῳάδα 1 they came down to the city of Troas The phrase **came down** is used here because Troas is lower in elevation than Mysia.
|
||||
ACT 16 8 xq6n figs-go κατέβησαν 1 they came down Here **came** can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 9 t6v2 ὅραμα…τῷ Παύλῳ ὤφθη 1 a vision appeared to Paul “Paul saw a vision from God” or “Paul had a vision from God”
|
||||
ACT 16 9 hq8e παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 1 calling him “begging him” or “inviting him”
|
||||
ACT 16 9 cm2u διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν 1 Come over into Macedonia The phrase “Come over” is used because Macedonia is across the sea from Troas.
|
||||
ACT 16 10 fg5h ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς 1 we set out to go to Macedonia…God had called us Here the words “we” and “us” refer to Paul and his companions including Luke, the author of Acts.
|
||||
ACT 16 9 cm2u διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν 1 Coming over into Macedonia The phrase **Coming over** is used because Macedonia is across the sea from Troas.
|
||||
ACT 16 10 fg5h ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς 1 we sought to go out to Macedonia, reasoning together that God had called us to proclaim the gospel to them Here the words **we** and **us** refer to Paul and his companions including Luke, the author of Acts.
|
||||
ACT 16 11 m2p5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and his companions are now in Philippi on their missionary trip. Verse 13 begins the story of Lydia. This short story happens during Paul’s travels.
|
||||
ACT 16 11 q2pr translate-names Σαμοθρᾴκην…Νέαν Πόλιν 1 Samothrace…Neapolis These are coastal cities near Phillipi in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 16 11 yy6z figs-go εἰς Νέαν Πόλιν 1 we came to Neapolis Here “came to” can be translated as “went to” or “arrived at.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 12 tl9f figs-explicit κολωνία 1 a Roman colony This is a city outside of Italy where many people who came from Rome lived. The people there had the same rights and freedoms as people who lived in cities in Italy. They could govern themselves and they did not have to pay taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 12 tl9f figs-explicit κολωνία 1 a colony This is a city outside of Italy where many people who came from Rome lived. The people there had the same rights and freedoms as people who lived in cities in Italy. They could govern themselves and they did not have to pay taxes. Alternate translation: “a Roman colony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 x8bp 0 Connecting Statement: This ends the story of Lydia.
|
||||
ACT 16 14 n952 writing-participants τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία 1 A certain woman named Lydia Here “A certain woman” introduces a new person in the story. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Lydia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 n952 writing-participants τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία 1 a certain woman named Lydia Here **a certain woman** introduces a new person in the story. Alternate translation: “there was a woman named Lydia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 qj86 figs-ellipsis πορφυρόπωλις 1 a seller of purple Here “cloth” is understood. Alternate translation: “a merchant who sold purple cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 c6n8 translate-names Θυατείρων 1 Thyatira This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 cyk3 σεβομένη τὸν Θεόν 1 worshiped God A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him, but does not obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 16 14 rd4r figs-metaphor ἧς ὁ Κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν, προσέχειν 1 The Lord opened her heart to pay attention For the Lord to cause someone to pay attention and believe a message is spoken of as if he were opening a person’s heart. Alternate translation: “The Lord caused her to listen well and to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 s9ju figs-metonymy ἧς…διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν 1 opened her heart Here “heart” stands for a person’s mind. Also, the author speaks about the “heart” or “mind” as if it were a box that a person could open so it is ready for someone to fill it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 a74y figs-activepassive τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου 1 what was said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Paul said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 15 g7e9 figs-activepassive ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη καὶ ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς 1 When she and her house were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When they baptized Lydia and members of her household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 15 s799 figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς 1 her house Here “house” represents the people who live in her house. Alternate translation: “the members of her household” or “her family and household servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 c6n8 translate-names Θυατείρων 1 of Thyatira This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 cyk3 σεβομένη τὸν Θεόν 1 worshiping God When Luke says Lydia was **worshiping God**, he is saying that she was a Gentile who gave praise to God and followed him, but did not obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 16 14 rd4r figs-metaphor ἧς ὁ Κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν, προσέχειν 1 of whom the Lord opened the heart to pay attention to For the Lord to cause someone to **pay attention** and believe a message is spoken of as if he were opening a person’s **heart**. Alternate translation: “and the Lord caused her to listen well and to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 s9ju figs-metonymy διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν 1 opened the heart Here **heart** stands for a person’s mind. Also, the author speaks about the **heart** or “mind” as if it were a box that a person could open so it is ready for someone to fill it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 a74y figs-activepassive τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου 1 what was being said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Paul was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 15 g7e9 figs-activepassive ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη καὶ ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς 1 And when she was baptized, and her household This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And when they baptized Lydia and members of her household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 15 s799 figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς 1 her household This refers to all the people who live in her house. Alternate translation: “the members of her household” or “her family and household servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 16 vyn4 writing-background 0 General Information: Background information is given here to explain that this young fortune teller brought much financial gain to her masters by guessing people’s futures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 16 16 anc1 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the first event in another short story during Paul’s travels; it is about a young fortune teller.
|
||||
ACT 16 16 ufy4 ἐγένετο δὲ 1 It came about that This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 16 16 y1gc writing-participants παιδίσκην τινὰ 1 a certain young woman The phrase “a certain” introduces a new person to the story. Alternate translation: “there was a young woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 16 16 ufy4 ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 16 16 y1gc writing-participants παιδίσκην τινὰ 1 a certain young female slave The phrase **a certain** introduces a new person to the story. Alternate translation: “there was a young female slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 16 16 ymt9 πνεῦμα Πύθωνα 1 a spirit of divination An evil spirit spoke to her often about the immediate future of people.
|
||||
ACT 16 17 tni9 figs-metaphor ὁδὸν σωτηρίας 1 the way of salvation How a person can be saved is spoken of here as if it were a way or path that a person walks on. Alternate translation: “how God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 18 lj79 figs-activepassive διαπονηθεὶς δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας 1 But Paul, being greatly annoyed by her, turned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But she greatly annoyed Paul so he turned around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 18 qi1k figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of Jesus Christ Here “name” stands for speaking with the authority or as the representative of Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 18 u4z8 ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 it came out right away “the spirit came out immediately”
|
||||
ACT 16 18 lj79 figs-activepassive διαπονηθεὶς δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας 1 But Paul, being greatly annoyed and turning This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But she greatly annoyed Paul so he turned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 18 qi1k figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of Jesus Christ Here **name** stands for speaking with the authority or as the representative of Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 18 u4z8 ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 it came out that same hour “the spirit came out immediately”
|
||||
ACT 16 19 m1y7 οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς 1 her masters “the owners of the slave girl”
|
||||
ACT 16 19 r1a1 figs-explicit ἰδόντες…οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς, ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν 1 When her masters saw that their opportunity to make money was now gone It can be stated clearly why they no longer hoped to make money. Alternate translation: “When her masters saw that she could no longer earn money for them by telling fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 19 r1a1 figs-explicit ἰδόντες…οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς, ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν 1 when her masters saw that their hope of profit was gone It can be stated clearly why they no longer hoped to make money. Alternate translation: “when her masters saw that she could no longer earn money for them by telling fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 19 bws7 εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν 1 into the marketplace “into the public square.” This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services takes place.
|
||||
ACT 16 19 hf82 ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας 1 before the authorities “into the presence of the authorities” or “so that the authorities could judge them”
|
||||
ACT 16 20 d2rg καὶ προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 1 When they had brought them to the magistrates “When they had brought them to the judges”
|
||||
ACT 16 20 wa94 στρατηγοῖς 1 magistrates rulers, judges
|
||||
ACT 16 20 dkz2 figs-exclusive οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν 1 These men are stirring up our city Here the word “our” refers to the people of the city and includes the magistrates who ruled it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 21 gna6 παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν 1 to accept or practice “to believe or to obey” or “to accept or to do”
|
||||
ACT 16 20 d2rg προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 1 when they had brought them to the magistrates “when they had brought them to the judges”
|
||||
ACT 16 20 wa94 τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 1 to the magistrates These were rulers or judges.
|
||||
ACT 16 20 dkz2 figs-exclusive οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν 1 These men are stirring up our city Here the word **our** refers to the people of the city and includes the magistrates who ruled it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 21 gna6 παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν 1 to accept nor to practice “to believe nor to obey” or “to accept nor to do”
|
||||
ACT 16 22 r1gr 0 General Information: Here the words “their” and “them” refer to Paul and Silas. The word “they” here refers to soldiers.
|
||||
ACT 16 22 at6i figs-activepassive ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν 1 commanded them to be beaten with rods This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “commanded the soldiers to beat them with rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 23 dsr3 πολλάς…ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς 1 had laid many blows upon them “had hit them many times with rods”
|
||||
ACT 16 23 y4mc παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν αὐτούς 1 commanded the jailer to keep them securely “told the jailer to make sure they did not get out”
|
||||
ACT 16 22 at6i figs-activepassive ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν 1 commanding them to be beaten with rods This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “commanding the soldiers to beat them with rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 23 dsr3 πολλάς…ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς 1 when they had laid many blows upon them “when they had hit them many times with rods”
|
||||
ACT 16 23 y4mc παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν αὐτούς 1 having commanded the jailer to guard them securely “having told the jailer to make sure they did not escape”
|
||||
ACT 16 23 zkp7 δεσμοφύλακι 1 jailer a person responsible for all the people held in the jail or prison
|
||||
ACT 16 24 a79x ὃς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην λαβὼν 1 he got this command “he heard this command”
|
||||
ACT 16 24 a79x ὃς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην λαβὼν 1 who, having received such a command “who, when he heard this command”
|
||||
ACT 16 24 rl8c τοὺς πόδας ἠσφαλίσατο αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ξύλον 1 fastened their feet in the stocks “securely locked their feet in the stocks”
|
||||
ACT 16 24 jug6 ξύλον 1 stocks a piece of wood with holes for preventing a person’s feet from moving
|
||||
ACT 16 25 rwu3 0 General Information: The word “them” refers to Paul and Silas.
|
||||
ACT 16 25 hme2 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul and Silas’ time in Philippi in prison and tells what happens to their jailer.
|
||||
ACT 16 26 q7z1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς…ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου 1 earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “earthquake which shook the foundations of the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 q7z1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας, ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου 1 a great earthquake happened, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a severe earthquake shook the foundations of the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 m4ye figs-synecdoche τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου 1 the foundations of the prison When the foundations shook, this caused the entire prison to shake. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 s6mu figs-activepassive ἠνεῴχθησαν…αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι 1 all the doors were opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all the doors opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 p393 figs-activepassive πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη 1 everyone’s chains were unfastened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone’s chains came loose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 p393 figs-activepassive πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη 1 the chains of everyone were unfastened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone’s chains came loose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 27 ljy6 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Paul, Silas, and all of the other prisoners but excludes the jailer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 27 hr9q figs-activepassive ἔξυπνος…γενόμενος ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ 1 The jailer was awakened from sleep This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The jailer woke up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 27 cwt5 ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν 1 was about to kill himself “was ready to kill himself.” The jailer preferred to commit suicide rather than suffer the consequences of letting the prisoners escape.
|
||||
ACT 16 29 pe66 figs-explicit αἰτήσας…φῶτα 1 called for lights The reason why the jailer needed light can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “called for someone to bring light so he could see who was still in the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 29 h5ai figs-metonymy φῶτα 1 for lights The word “lights” stands for something that makes light. Alternate translation: “for torches” or “for lamps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 29 r6is εἰσεπήδησεν 1 rushed in “quickly entered the jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 27 hr9q figs-activepassive ἔξυπνος…γενόμενος ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ 1 the jailer became awake This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the jailer woke up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 27 cwt5 ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν 1 he was about to kill himself “he was ready to kill himself.” The jailer preferred to commit suicide rather than suffer the consequences of letting the prisoners escape.
|
||||
ACT 16 29 pe66 figs-explicit αἰτήσας…φῶτα 1 having called for lights The reason why the jailer needed light can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after he called for someone to bring light so he could see who was still in the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 29 h5ai figs-metonymy φῶτα 1 lights The word **lights** stands for something that makes light. Alternate translation: “torches” or “lamps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 29 r6is εἰσεπήδησεν 1 he rushed in “he quickly entered the jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 29 bb6t translate-symaction προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Σιλᾷ 1 fell down before Paul and Silas The jailer humbled himself by bowing down at the feet of Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 16 30 a3h6 προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω 1 brought them out “led them outside the jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 30 u132 figs-activepassive τί με δεῖ ποιεῖν, ἵνα σωθῶ 1 what must I do to be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what must I do for God to save me from my sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 30 a3h6 προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω 1 having brought them out “after he had led them outside the jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 30 u132 figs-activepassive τί με δεῖ ποιεῖν, ἵνα σωθῶ 1 what must I do in order to be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what must I do in order for God to save me from my sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 31 br4k figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” or “God will save you from your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 31 w8ed figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκός σου 1 your house Here “house” stands for the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “all the members of your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 31 w8ed figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκός σου 1 your household This refers to all the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “all the members of your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 32 kb35 0 General Information: Here the first use of the word “they” as well as the words “their” and “them” refer to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:25](../16/25.md). The last use of the word “they” refers to the people in the jailers’ household. The words “him,” “his,” and “he” refer to the jailer.
|
||||
ACT 16 32 pq5w figs-metonymy ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 They spoke the word of the Lord to him Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “They told him the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 33 r3la figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα 1 he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas baptized the jailer and all the members of his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 32 pq5w figs-metonymy ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 they spoke the word of the Lord to him Here **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “they told him the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 33 r3la figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα 1 he was baptized immediately—he and all those who were his This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas immediately baptized the jailer and all the members of his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 35 x3x8 0 General Information: This is the last event in the story of Paul and Silas in Philippi ([Acts 16:12](../16/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 16 35 lb4z δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells the last event in the story that started in [Acts 16:16](../16/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 16 35 qum8 figs-metonymy ἀπέστειλαν…τοὺς ῥαβδούχους 1 sent word to the guards Here “word” stands for “message” or “command.” Alternate translation: “sent a message to the guards” or “sent a command to the guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 35 j5m6 ἀπέστειλαν 1 sent word Here “sent” means the magistrates told someone to go tell the guards their message.
|
||||
ACT 16 35 vev9 ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους 1 Let those men go “Release those men” or “Allow those men to leave”
|
||||
ACT 16 36 k3i6 ἐξελθόντες 1 come out “come outside of the jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 35 vev9 ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους 1 Release those men “Allow those men to leave”
|
||||
ACT 16 36 k3i6 ἐξελθόντες 1 having come out “having come out of the jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 37 v4yk figs-exclusive 0 General Information: All of the times the word “they” is used and the first time “them” is used, the words refer to the magistrates. The word “themselves” refers to the magistrates. The second time the word “them” is used, it refers to Paul and Silas. The word “us” refers only to Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 b4jm figs-explicit ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς 1 said to them Probably Paul is speaking to the jailer, but he intends for the jailer to tell the magistrates what he says. Alternate translation: “said to the jailer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 b7cc figs-metonymy δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ 1 They have publicly beaten us Here “They” refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: “The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 wc37 ἀκατακρίτους ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν 1 without a trial, even though we are Romans citizens—and they threw us into prison “men who are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail though they had not proven in court that we were guilty”
|
||||
ACT 16 37 qq1u figs-rquestion λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν? οὔ 1 Do they now want to send us away secretly? No! Paul uses a question to emphasize that he will not allow the magistrates to send them out the city in secret after they had mistreated Paul and Silas. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not let them send us out of the city in secret!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 jr2j figs-rpronouns λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν? οὔ 1 Let them come themselves Here “themselves” is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 16 38 ym2u figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν…ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν 1 when they heard that Paul and Silas were Romans, they were afraid To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 b7cc figs-metonymy δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ 1 They have beaten us in public Here “They” refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: “The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 wc37 ἀκατακρίτους ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν 1 without trial—men being Romans—they threw us into prison “without a trial to prove us guilty, even though we are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 37 qq1u figs-rquestion λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν? οὔ γάρ 1 they cast us out secretly? No indeed! Paul uses a question to emphasize that he will not allow the magistrates to send them out the city in secret after they had mistreated Paul and Silas. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not let them send us out of the city in secret!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 jr2j figs-rpronouns ἀλλὰ ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ 1 Instead, coming themselves Here **themselves** is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 16 38 ym2u figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν…ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν 1 they were terrified when they heard that they are Romans To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 40 q59h 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Silas. The word “them” refers to the believers in Philippi.
|
||||
ACT 16 40 y14i writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of Paul and Silas’ time in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 16 40 t1pf figs-go εἰσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν Λυδίαν 1 came to the house Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 40 t1pf figs-go εἰσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν Λυδίαν 1 they came to the house of Lydia Here **came** can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 40 ylk9 τὴν Λυδίαν 1 the house of Lydia “the home of Lydia”
|
||||
ACT 16 40 ntc9 figs-gendernotations ἰδόντες 1 saw the brothers Here “brothers” refers to believers whether male or female. Alternate translation: “saw the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 16 40 ntc9 figs-gendernotations ἰδόντες…τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 when they had seen the brothers Here **the brothers** refers to believers whether male or female. Alternate translation: “when they had visited with the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 intro gj4c 0 # Acts 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Misunderstandings about the Messiah<br><br>The Jews expected the Christ or Messiah to be a powerful king because the Old Testament says so many times. But it also says many times that the Messiah would suffer, and that was what Paul was telling the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### The religion of Athens<br><br>Paul said that the Athenians were “religious,” but they did not worship the true God. They worshiped many different false gods. In the past they had conquered other peoples and begun to worship the gods of the people they had conquered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes for the first time how Paul told the message of Christ to people who knew nothing of the Old Testament.
|
||||
ACT 17 1 q9x4 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:40](../16/40.md). The word “them” refers to the Jews at the synagogue in Thessalonica.
|
||||
ACT 17 1 r3qb 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the story of Paul, Silas, and Timothy’s missionary trip. They arrive in Thessalonica, apparently without Luke, since he says “they” and not “we.”
|
||||
ACT 17 1 e4w5 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke, the author, starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
ACT 17 1 b7np διοδεύσαντες 1 passed through “traveled through”
|
||||
ACT 17 1 kll1 translate-names τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν 1 cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia These are coastal cities in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 1 yj66 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην 1 they came to the city Here “came” can be translated as “went” or “arrived.” Alternate translation: “they came to the city” or “they arrived at the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 17 2 vbf2 κατὰ…τὸ εἰωθὸς 1 as his custom was “as his habit was” or “as his common practice was.” Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present.
|
||||
ACT 17 2 bt5e ἐπὶ Σάββατα τρία 1 for three Sabbath days “on each Sabbath day for three weeks”
|
||||
ACT 17 1 b7np διοδεύσαντες 1 having passed through “when they had traveled through”
|
||||
ACT 17 1 kll1 translate-names τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν 1 Amphipolis and Apollonia These are coastal cities in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 1 yj66 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην 1 they came to Thessalonica Here **came** can be translated as “went” or “arrived.” Alternate translation: “they went to Thessalonica” or “they arrived at Thessalonica” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 17 2 vbf2 κατὰ…τὸ εἰωθὸς 1 according to his custom “as his habit was” or “as his common practice was.” Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present.
|
||||
ACT 17 2 bt5e ἐπὶ Σάββατα τρία 1 for three Sabbaths “on each Sabbath day for three weeks”
|
||||
ACT 17 2 wp3k figs-explicit διελέξατο αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν Γραφῶν 1 reasoned with them from the scriptures Paul explained what the scriptures means in order to prove to the Jews that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 17 2 qf4t διελέξατο αὐτοῖς 1 reasoned with them “gave them reasons” or “debated with them” or “discussed with them”
|
||||
ACT 17 2 qf4t διελέξατο αὐτοῖς 1 reasoned with them “debated with them” or “discussed with them”
|
||||
ACT 17 3 e85n 0 General Information: Here the word “He” refers to Paul ([Acts 17:2](../17/02.md)).
|
||||
ACT 17 3 ir9q figs-metaphor διανοίγων 1 He was opening the scriptures Possible meanings are (1) to explain the scriptures in a way that people can understand is spoken of as if Paul were opening something so people can see what is inside of it, or (2) Paul was literally opening a book or scroll and reading from it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 3 he78 ἔδει 1 it was necessary “it was part of God’s plan”
|
||||
ACT 17 3 ipb2 ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise again “to come back to life”
|
||||
ACT 17 3 ir9q figs-metaphor διανοίγων 1 He is fully opening Possible meanings are (1) to explain the scriptures in a way that people can understand is spoken of as if Paul were opening something so people can see what is inside of it, or (2) Paul was literally opening a book or scroll and reading from it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 3 he78 ἔδει 1 it was necessary for “it was part of God’s plan for ”
|
||||
ACT 17 3 ipb2 ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise “to come back to life”
|
||||
ACT 17 3 b9qi ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 17 4 es2u figs-activepassive αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν 1 the Jews were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Jews believed” or “the Jews understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 4 es2u figs-activepassive τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν 1 some from them were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews believed” or “some of the Jews understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 4 nyp2 προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ 1 joined Paul “became associated with Paul”
|
||||
ACT 17 4 t21z σεβομένων Ἑλλήνων 1 devout Greeks This refers to Greeks who worship God but have not converted to Judaism through circumcision.
|
||||
ACT 17 4 t21z σεβομένων Ἑλλήνων 1 of worshiping Greeks This refers to Greeks who worship God but have not converted to Judaism through circumcision.
|
||||
ACT 17 4 ye8v figs-litotes γυναικῶν…τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι 1 not a few of the leading women This is an understatement to emphasize that many leading women joined them. Alternate translation: “many leading women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 nuh6 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the unbelieving Jews and wicked men from the marketplace.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 uj43 figs-metaphor ζηλώσαντες 1 being moved with jealousy The feeling of jealousy is spoken of as if jealousy were actually moving the person. Alternate translation: “feeling very jealous” or “feeling very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 vev6 figs-explicit ζηλώσαντες 1 with jealousy It can be stated explicitly that these Jews were jealous because some of the Jews and Greeks believed Paul’s message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 btw6 προσλαβόμενοι…ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς 1 took certain wicked men Here “took” does not mean the Jews took these people by force. It means the Jews persuaded these wicked men to help them.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 lc6g ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς 1 certain wicked men “some evil men.” The word “men” here refers specifically to males.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 ie1f τῶν ἀγοραίων 1 from the marketplace “from the public square.” This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 t3bc figs-metonymy ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν 1 set the city in an uproar Here “the city” stands for the people in the city. Alternate translation: “caused the people of the city to be in an uproar” or “caused the people of the city to riot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 s3uv ἐπιστάντες τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 Assaulting the house “Violently attacking the house.” This probably means the people were throwing rocks at the house and trying to break down the door of the house.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 ks2l translate-names Ἰάσονος 1 Jason This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 abcu αὐτοὺς προαγαγεῖν 1 to bring them out “to bring Paul and Silas out”
|
||||
ACT 17 5 pp7k προαγαγεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον 1 out to the people Possible meanings or “people” are (1) a governmental or legal group of citizens gathered to make a decision or (2) a mob.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 i79p τινας ἀδελφοὺς 1 certain other brothers Here “brothers” refers to believers. Alternate translation: “some other believers”
|
||||
ACT 17 6 e44z ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας 1 before the officials “in the presence of the officials”
|
||||
ACT 17 6 g7xj οἱ…ἀναστατώσαντες, οὗτοι 1 These men who have The Jewish leaders were speaking and the phrase, “These men,” refers to Paul and Silas.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 c2av figs-hyperbole τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες 1 turned the world upside down This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas where causing trouble everywhere they went. The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. Alternate translation: “caused trouble everywhere in the world” or “caused trouble everywhere they have gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 17 7 hlc9 ὑποδέδεκται Ἰάσων 1 Jason has welcomed This phrase signals that Jason was in agreement with the apostles’ troubling message.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 uj43 figs-metaphor ζηλώσαντες 1 having become jealous The feeling of jealousy is spoken of as if jealousy were actually moving the person. Alternate translation: “feeling very jealous” or “feeling very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 vev6 figs-explicit ζηλώσαντες 1 having become jealous It can be stated explicitly that these Jews were jealous because some of the Jews and Greeks believed Paul’s message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 btw6 προσλαβόμενοι τῶν ἀγοραίων ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς 1 having taken certain wicked men of the marketplace Here **having taken** does not mean the Jews took these people by force. It means the Jews persuaded these wicked men to help them.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 lc6g ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς 1 certain wicked men “some evil men.” The word **men** here refers specifically to males.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 ie1f τῶν ἀγοραίων 1 of the marketplace “from the public square.” This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 t3bc figs-metonymy ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν 1 they set the city in an uproar Here **the city** stands for the people in the city. Alternate translation: “they caused the people of the city to be in an uproar” or “they caused the people of the city to riot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 s3uv ἐπιστάντες τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 having assaulted the house “having violently attacking the house.” This probably means the people were throwing rocks at the house and trying to break down the door of the house.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 ks2l translate-names Ἰάσονος 1 of Jason **Jason** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 abcu αὐτοὺς προαγαγεῖν 1 to lead them “to bring Paul and Silas”
|
||||
ACT 17 5 pp7k εἰς τὸν δῆμον 1 to the people Possible meanings for **the people** are (1) a governmental or legal group of citizens gathered to make a decision or (2) an unruly mob.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 i79p τινας ἀδελφοὺς 1 certain brothers Here **brothers** refers to believers. Alternate translation: “some other believers”
|
||||
ACT 17 6 e44z ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας 1 before the city officials “in the presence of the city officials”
|
||||
ACT 17 6 g7xj οἱ…οὗτοι 1 Those who…they The Jewish leaders were referring to Paul and Silas.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 c2av figs-hyperbole τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες 1 have turned the inhabited world upside down This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas where causing trouble everywhere they went. The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. Alternate translation: “have caused trouble everywhere in the world” or “have caused trouble everywhere they have gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 17 7 hlc9 ὑποδέδεκται Ἰάσων; καὶ οὗτοι πάντες 1 Jason and all these men have welcomed This phrase signals that Jason and his companions were in agreement with the apostles’ troubling message.
|
||||
ACT 17 8 th2f ἐτάραξαν 1 were disturbed “were worried”
|
||||
ACT 17 9 ya44 λαβόντες τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν 1 made Jason and the rest pay money as security Jason and the others had to pay the money to the city officials as a promise of good behavior; that money might be returned if all went well or it might be used to repair the damages brought on by bad behavior.
|
||||
ACT 17 9 bj48 τῶν λοιπῶν 1 the rest The words “the rest” refers to other believers that the Jews brought before the officials.
|
||||
ACT 17 9 aru6 ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς 1 they let them go “the officials let Jason and the other believers go”
|
||||
ACT 17 9 ya44 λαβόντες τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν 1 after they had received a bond from Jason and the rest of them Jason and the others had to pay the money to the city officials as a promise of good behavior; that money might be returned if all went well or it might be used to repair the damages brought on by bad behavior.
|
||||
ACT 17 9 bj48 τῶν λοιπῶν 1 the rest of them The words **the rest of them** refers to other believers that the Jews brought before the officials.
|
||||
ACT 17 9 aru6 ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς 1 they released them “the officials let Jason and the other believers go”
|
||||
ACT 17 10 na8h 0 General Information: Paul and Silas travel on to the town of Berea.
|
||||
ACT 17 10 qy5c figs-gendernotations οἱ…ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The word “brothers” here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 k2st writing-background δὲ 1 Now The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about the people in Berea and how they were willing to listen to Paul and examine what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 gu6s οὗτοι…ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι 1 these people were more noble These “well-born” people were willing to think more objectively about new ideas than other people. Alternate translation: “more open minded” or “more willing to listen”
|
||||
ACT 17 11 hle3 figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον 1 received the word Here “word” refers to a teaching. Alternate translation: “listened to the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 uh8a μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας 1 with all readiness of mind These Bereans were prepared to examine earnestly Paul’s teachings about the scripture.
|
||||
ACT 17 11 lzm3 καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 examining the scriptures daily “carefully reading and evaluating the scriptures every day”
|
||||
ACT 17 10 qy5c figs-gendernotations οἱ…ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The word **brothers** here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 k2st writing-background δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about the people in Berea and how they were willing to listen to Paul and examine what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 gu6s οὗτοι…ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι 1 these were more open-minded than These **open-minded** people were willing to think more objectively about new ideas than other people. Alternate translation: “the Bereans were more willing to listen”
|
||||
ACT 17 11 hle3 figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον 1 received the word Here **word** refers to a teaching. Alternate translation: “listened to the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 uh8a μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας 1 with all readiness These Bereans were prepared to examine earnestly Paul’s teachings about the scripture.
|
||||
ACT 17 11 lzm3 καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 examining the scriptures each day “carefully reading and evaluating the scriptures every day”
|
||||
ACT 17 11 g8an ἔχοι ταῦτα οὕτως 1 these things were so “the things Paul said were true”
|
||||
ACT 17 12 abcv figs-litotes ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι 1 not a few men This is an understatement to emphasize that many men believed the message. Alternate translation: “many men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 17 13 vn8h translate-names 0 General Information: Athens is down the coast from Barea which is in Macedonia. Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 13 asb4 figs-metaphor ἦλθον κἀκεῖ, σαλεύοντες 1 went there and stirred up This speaks about their agitating people as though it were a person stirring a liquid and causing the things at the bottom of the liquid to rise to the surface. Alternate translation: “went there and agitated” or “went there and disturbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 13 wjq3 ταράσσοντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 troubled the crowds “and worried the crowds” or “caused dread and fear among the people”
|
||||
ACT 17 14 ael8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers The word “brothers” here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 14 zw1c πορεύεσθαι ἕως ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 to go to the sea “to go to the coast.” From here Paul would probably sail to another city.
|
||||
ACT 17 15 tjh5 καθιστάνοντες τὸν Παῦλον 1 who were leading Paul “who were accompanying Paul” or “who were going along with Paul”
|
||||
ACT 17 15 gs1p figs-quotations λαβόντες ἐντολὴν πρὸς τὸν Σιλᾶν καὶ τὸν Τιμόθεον 1 they received from him instructions for Silas and Timothy “he told them to instruct Silas and Timothy.” This can also be stated as a direct quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 13 asb4 figs-metaphor ἦλθον κἀκεῖ, σαλεύοντες 1 they came and there stirred up This speaks about their agitating people as though it were a person stirring a liquid and causing the things at the bottom of the liquid to rise to the surface. Alternate translation: “they came there and agitated” or “they went there and disturbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 13 wjq3 ταράσσοντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 troubled the crowds “worried the crowds” or “caused the people to become upset”
|
||||
ACT 17 14 ael8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers The word **brothers** here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 14 zw1c πορεύεσθαι ἕως ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 to go as far as to the sea “to go all the way to the coast.” From here Paul would probably sail to another city.
|
||||
ACT 17 15 tjh5 καθιστάνοντες τὸν Παῦλον 1 were leading Paul down “who were accompanying Paul” or “who were going down with Paul”
|
||||
ACT 17 15 gs1p figs-quotations λαβόντες ἐντολὴν πρὸς τὸν Σιλᾶν καὶ τὸν Τιμόθεον 1 after receiving a command to Silas and Timothy “after telling them to command Silas and Timothy so.” This can also be stated as a direct quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 16 wk63 0 General Information: This is another part of the story of Paul and Silas’ travels. Paul is now in Athens where he is waiting for Silas and Timothy to join him.
|
||||
ACT 17 16 y9cr δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
ACT 17 16 we78 figs-synecdoche παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ, θεωροῦντος κατείδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν 1 his spirit was provoked within him as he saw the city full of idols Here “spirit” stands for Paul himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he became upset because he saw that there were idols everywhere in the city” or “seeing the idols everywhere in the city upset him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 16 we78 figs-synecdoche παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ, θεωροῦντος κατείδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν 1 his spirit was being provoked within him, seeing the city being full of idols Here **his spirit** stands for Paul himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he became upset because he saw that there were idols everywhere in the city” or “seeing the idols everywhere in the city upset him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 17 q8px διελέγετο 1 he reasoned “he debated” or “he discussed.” This means that there is interaction from the listeners rather than only his preaching. They are talking with him as well.
|
||||
ACT 17 17 jkj8 τοῖς σεβομένοις 1 others who worshiped God This refers to Gentiles (non-Jews) who give praise to God and follow him but do not obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 17 17 jkj8 τοῖς σεβομένοις 1 those who were worshiping This refers to Gentiles (non-Jews) who give praise to God and follow him but do not obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 17 17 ec14 ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 in the marketplace “in the public square.” This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place.
|
||||
ACT 17 18 ru6a 0 General Information: Here the words “him,” “He, “and “he” refer to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 17 18 l7le translate-names Ἐπικουρίων καὶ Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων 1 Epicurean and Stoic philosophers These people believed all things were formed by chance and that the gods were too busy being happy to be bothered with governing the universe. They rejected the resurrection and wanted only simple pleasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 18 l7le translate-names τῶν Ἐπικουρίων καὶ Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων 1 of the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers These people believed all things were formed by chance and that the gods were too busy being happy to be bothered with governing the universe. They rejected the resurrection and wanted only simple pleasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 18 f976 translate-names Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων 1 Stoic philosophers These people believed freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 18 tjk6 συνέβαλλον αὐτῷ 1 encountered him “happened upon him”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 dnj8 τινες ἔλεγον 1 Some said “Some of the philosophers said”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 g4bv figs-metaphor τί ἂν θέλοι ὁ σπερμολόγος οὗτος 1 What is this babbler The word “babbler” was used to refer to birds picking up seeds as food. It refers negatively to a person who only knows a little bit of information. The philosophers said Paul had bits of information which were not worth listening to. Alternate translation: “What is this uneducated person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 18 k2ps οἱ 1 Others said “Other philosophers said”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 l41t δοκεῖ καταγγελεὺς 1 He seems to be one who calls people to follow “He seems to be a proclaimer” or “He seems to be on a mission to add people to his philosophy”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 sx9t ξένων δαιμονίων 1 strange gods This is not in the sense of “odd,” but in the sense of “foreign,” that is, gods that Greeks and Romans do not worship or know about.
|
||||
ACT 17 18 dnj8 τινες ἔλεγον 1 some said “some of the Stoic philosophers said”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 g4bv figs-metaphor τί ἂν θέλοι ὁ σπερμολόγος οὗτος λέγειν? 1 What is this babbler wanting to say? The word “babbler” was used to refer to birds picking up seeds as food. It refers negatively to a person who only knows a little bit of information. The philosophers said Paul had bits of information which were not worth listening to. Alternate translation: “What is this uneducated person trying to say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 18 k2ps οἱ δέ, ξένων 1 But others said “But other philosophers said”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 l41t δοκεῖ καταγγελεὺς εἶναι 1 He seems to be a proclaimer “He seems to be teaching a philosophy”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 sx9t ξένων δαιμονίων 1 of foreign gods That is, gods that Greeks and Romans do not worship or know about.
|
||||
ACT 17 19 fs5g figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “him,” “He” and “you” refer to Paul ([Acts 17:18](../17/18.md)). Here the words “They” and “we” refer to the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 19 mv8c ἐπιλαβόμενοί τε αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον ἤγαγον 1 They took…brought him This does not mean they arrested Paul. The philosophers invited Paul to speak formally to their leaders.
|
||||
ACT 17 19 b56g figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 to the Areopagus The “Areopagus” was the place where the leaders met. Alternate translation: “to the leaders that met on the Areopagus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 19 mv8c ἐπιλαβόμενοί τε αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον ἤγαγον 1 And taking hold of him, they brought him to the Areopagus This does not mean they arrested Paul. The philosophers invited Paul to speak formally to their leaders.
|
||||
ACT 17 19 b56g figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 to the Areopagus The **Areopagus** was the place where the leaders met. Alternate translation: “to the leaders that met on the Areopagus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 19 ze7e τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον…λέγοντες 1 the Areopagus, saying Here the leaders on the Areopagus are speaking. This can stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “the Areopagus. The leaders said to Paul”
|
||||
ACT 17 19 unc8 translate-names Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 Areopagus This is a prominent rock outcropping or hill in Athens upon which the supreme court of Athens may have met. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 20 lay8 figs-metaphor ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν 1 For you bring some strange things to our ears Paul’s teachings about Jesus and the resurrection are spoken of as an object that a person can bring to another person. Here “ears” refers to what they hear. Alternate translation: “For you teachings some things that we have never heard before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 dn1t figs-hyperbole Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι 1 Now all the Athenians and the strangers living there The word “all” is a generalization referring to many. Alternate translation: “Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there” or “Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 d8yb translate-names Ἀθηναῖοι…πάντες 1 all the Athenians “Athenians” are people from Athens, a city near the coast below Macedonia (present day Greece). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 m8u1 οἱ…ξένοι 1 the strangers “the foreigners”
|
||||
ACT 17 21 sk5b figs-metaphor εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening Here “time” is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could spend. Alternate translation: “used their time doing nothing but either telling or listening” or “were always doing nothing but telling or listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 ij4e figs-hyperbole εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening The phrase “spent their time in nothing” is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: “did not do much but tell or listen” or “spent much of their time telling or listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 wr1r λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν τι καινότερον 1 telling or listening about something new “discussing new philosophical ideas” or “talking about what was new to them”
|
||||
ACT 17 20 lay8 figs-metaphor ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν 1 For you are bringing some strange things to our ears Paul’s teachings about Jesus and the resurrection are spoken of as an object that a person can bring to another person. Here **ears** refers to what they hear. Alternate translation: “For you are teaching some things that we have never heard before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 dn1t figs-hyperbole Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι 1 And all the Athenians and the foreigners living there The word **all** is a generalization referring to many. Alternate translation: “And many of the Athenians and the strangers living there” or “And many of the Athenians and the strangers living there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 d8yb translate-names Ἀθηναῖοι 1 the Athenians **Athenians** are people from Athens, a city near the coast below Macedonia (present day Greece). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 sk5b figs-metaphor εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing other than either to tell something or to listen to Here **time** is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could spend. Alternate translation: “used their time doing nothing but either telling or listening to” or “were always doing nothing but telling or listening to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 ij4e figs-hyperbole εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν 1 spent their time in nothing other than The phrase **spent their time in nothing** is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: “did not do much but” or “spent much of their time only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 wr1r λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν τι καινότερον 1 to tell something or to listen to something new “discussing new philosophical ideas” or “talking about what was new to them”
|
||||
ACT 17 22 zq3y 0 General Information: Paul begins his speech to the philosophers on the Areopagus.
|
||||
ACT 17 22 ja1k κατὰ πάντα…δεισιδαιμονεστέρους 1 very religious in every way Paul is referring to the Athenians’ public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices.
|
||||
ACT 17 23 gn1j διερχόμενος γὰρ 1 For as I passed along “Because as I walked past” or “I walked along”
|
||||
ACT 17 23 gn1j διερχόμενος γὰρ 1 For passing through “Because as I was walked through” or “As I was walking along”
|
||||
ACT 17 23 cem7 ἀγνώστῳ Θεῷ 1 To an Unknown God Possible meanings are (1) “to a certain unknown god” or (2) “to a god not known.” This was a specific writing or inscription on that altar.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 m1jm τὸν κόσμον 1 the world In the most general sense, the “world” refers to the heavens and the earth and everything in them.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 rqk9 οὗτος…ὑπάρχων Κύριος 1 since he is Lord “because he is the Lord.” Here “he” is referring to the unknown god mentioned in [Acts 17:23](../17/23.md) that Paul is explaining is the Lord God.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 f2mz figs-merism οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς 1 of heaven and earth The words “heaven” and “earth” are used together to mean all beings and things in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
ACT 17 24 ju4h figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτοις 1 built with hands Here “hands” stands for people. Alternate translation: “built by the hands of people” or “that people built” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 e3dg figs-activepassive οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται 1 Neither is he served by men’s hands Here “served” has the sense of a doctor treating a patient to make the patient well again. Alternate translation: “Neither do men’s hands take care of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 yq68 figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων 1 by men’s hands Here “hands” stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: “by humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 sj89 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς διδοὺς 1 since he himself “because he himself.” The word “himself” is added for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 17 24 m1jm τὸν κόσμον 1 the world In the most general sense, the **world** refers to the heavens and the earth and everything in them.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 rqk9 οὗτος…ὑπάρχων Κύριος 1 he who is Lord “because the one who is Lord.” Here **he** is referring to the unknown god mentioned in [Acts 17:23](../17/23.md) that Paul is explaining is the Lord God.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 f2mz figs-merism οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς 1 of heaven and earth The words **heaven** and **earth** are used together to mean all beings and things in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
ACT 17 24 ju4h figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτοις 1 built with hands Here **hands** stands for people. Alternate translation: “built by the hands of people” or “that people built” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 e3dg figs-activepassive οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται 1 Neither is he served by hands of men Here **served** has the sense of a doctor treating a patient to make the patient well again. Alternate translation: “Neither do men take care of him with their hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 yq68 figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων 1 by hands of men Here **hands** stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: “by humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 sj89 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς διδοὺς 1 himself giving “because he himself gives.” The word **himself** is added for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 17 26 r3lt figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “him” refer to the one true God, the creator. The words “their” and “them” refer to every nation of people living on the surface of the earth. In using the word “us,” Paul includes himself, his audience, and every nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 26 p1e4 ἑνὸς 1 one man This means Adam, the first person God created. This can be stated to include Eve. It was through Adam and Eve that God made all other people. Alternate translation: “one couple”
|
||||
ACT 17 26 js4p ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν 1 having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their living areas This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “And he determined when and where they would live”
|
||||
ACT 17 27 jae5 figs-metaphor ζητεῖν τὸν Θεὸν, εἰ ἄρα γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν 1 so that they should search for God and perhaps they may feel their way toward him and find him Here “search for God” represents desiring to know him, and “feel their way toward him and find him” represents praying and having a relationship with him. Alternate translation: “so that they should want to know God and perhaps pray to him and become one of his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 26 p1e4 ἑνὸς 1 one man This means Adam, the first person God created.
|
||||
ACT 17 26 js4p ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν 1 having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their habitation This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “And he determined when and where they would live”
|
||||
ACT 17 27 jae5 figs-metaphor ζητεῖν τὸν Θεὸν, εἰ ἄρα γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν 1 to seek God and perhaps they might feel around for him and find him Here **to seek God** represents desiring to know him, and **feel around for him and find him** represents praying and having a relationship with him. Alternate translation: “so that they should want to know God and perhaps pray to him and become one of his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 27 p8hk figs-litotes καί γε οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα 1 Yet he is not far from each one of us This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Yet he is very near to everyone of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 17 28 tkd3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “him” and “his” refer to God ([Acts 17:24](../17/24.md)). When Paul says “we” here, he includes himself as well as his hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 28 cbd9 ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ 1 For in him “Because of him”
|
||||
ACT 17 29 k9ws figs-metaphor γένος…ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 are God’s offspring Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were God’s literal children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 29 czi9 figs-metonymy τὸ θεῖον 1 qualities of deity Here “deity” refers to God’s nature or attributes. Alternate translation: “that God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 29 q4q2 figs-activepassive χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου 1 images created by the art and imagination of man This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which a man then uses his skill to make it into something that he has designed” or “images that people make by using their art and imagination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 29 czi9 figs-metonymy τὸ θεῖον 1 the divine being Here **divine being** refers to God’s nature or attributes. Alternate translation: “the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 29 q4q2 figs-activepassive χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου 1 images of the skill and imagination of man This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which a man then uses his skill to make it into something that he has designed” or “images that people make by using their art and imagination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 30 y2u8 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to God.
|
||||
ACT 17 30 zj28 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his speech to the philosophers in the Areopagus, which he began in [Acts 17:22](../17/22.md).
|
||||
ACT 17 30 suh6 οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true”
|
||||
ACT 17 30 iva4 χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God overlooked the times of ignorance “God decided not to punish people during the time of ignorance”
|
||||
ACT 17 30 iva4 τοὺς…χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God, having overlooked the times of ignorance “God, having decided not to punish people during the times of ignorance”
|
||||
ACT 17 30 h8uy χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας 1 times of ignorance This refers to the time before God fully revealed himself through Jesus Christ and before people truly knew how to obey God.
|
||||
ACT 17 30 qim5 figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πάντας 1 all men This means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 31 htp7 ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν 1 when he will judge the world in righteousness by the man he has chosen “when the man he has chosen will judge the world in righteousness”
|
||||
ACT 17 31 jt3a figs-metonymy μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 he will judge the world Here “world” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “he will judge all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 31 htp7 ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν 1 in which he is about to judge the world in righteousness by the man whom he has appointed “when the man he has chosen will judge the world in righteousness”
|
||||
ACT 17 31 jt3a figs-metonymy μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 he is about to judge the world Here **world** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “he will judge all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 31 i9aw ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 in righteousness “justly” or “fairly”
|
||||
ACT 17 31 l61p πίστιν παρασχὼν 1 God has given proof of this man “God has demonstrated his choice of this man”
|
||||
ACT 17 31 l61p πίστιν παρασχὼν 1 He has provided signs “God has demonstrated his choice of this man”
|
||||
ACT 17 31 ulr4 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 17 32 tc8t figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “We” refers to the men of Athens but not to Paul, so this is exclusive. Though some of them probably did want to hear Paul again, they may only have been being polite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 32 c4sm writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story about Paul in Athens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 17 32 nb26 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke shifts from Paul’s teachings to the reaction of the people of Athens.
|
||||
ACT 17 32 jlm5 ἀκούσαντες 1 when they heard of These are the people who were present at the Areopagus listening to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 17 32 sn6j οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον 1 some mocked Paul “some ridiculed Paul” or “some laughed at Paul.” These did not believe it was possible for someone to die and then return to life.
|
||||
ACT 17 32 sn6j οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον 1 some mocked him “some ridiculed Paul” or “some laughed at Paul.” These did not believe it was possible for someone to die and then return to life.
|
||||
ACT 17 34 psh8 translate-names Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης 1 Dionysius the Areopagite Dionysius is a man’s name. Areopagite implies that Dionysius was one of the judges at the council of Areopagus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 34 hsz3 translate-names Δάμαρις 1 Damaris This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 intro rky6 0 # Acts 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The baptism of John<br><br>Some Jews who lived far away from Jerusalem and Judea had heard of John the Baptist and followed his teachings. They had not yet heard about Jesus. One of these Jews was Apollos. He followed John the Baptist, but he did not know that the Messiah had come. John had baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins, but this baptism was different from Christian baptism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
|
||||
ACT 18 1 jat1 writing-background 0 General Information: Aquila and Priscilla are introduced to the story and verses 2 and 3 give background information about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 18 1 qa9b 0 Connecting Statement: This is another part of the story of Paul’s travels as he goes to Corinth.
|
||||
ACT 18 1 fky7 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things “After these events took place in Athens”
|
||||
ACT 18 1 abcw χωρισθεὶς 1 he departed “Paul departed”
|
||||
ACT 18 1 h2si ἐκ τῶν Ἀθηνῶν 1 Athens Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 17:15](../17/15.md).
|
||||
ACT 18 2 d9zx καὶ εὑρών 1 There he met Possible meanings are that (1) Paul happened to find by chance or (2) Paul intentionally found.
|
||||
ACT 18 2 hm16 writing-participants τινα Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν 1 a Jew named Aquila Here the phrase “a certain” indicates this is introducing new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 18 1 abcw χωρισθεὶς 1 having departed “when Paul had departed”
|
||||
ACT 18 1 h2si τῶν Ἀθηνῶν 1 Athens Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 17:15](../17/15.md).
|
||||
ACT 18 2 d9zx καὶ εὑρών 1 And when he found Possible meanings are that (1) Paul happened to find by chance or (2) Paul intentionally found.
|
||||
ACT 18 2 hm16 writing-participants τινα Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν 1 a certain Jew named Aquila Here the phrase **a certain** indicates this is introducing new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 18 2 y97p translate-names Ποντικὸν τῷ γένει 1 a native of Pontus Pontus was a province on the southern coast of the Black Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 2 q4va προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα 1 had recently come This is probably sometime in the past year.
|
||||
ACT 18 2 q4va προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα 1 who had recently come This probably happened sometime in the past year.
|
||||
ACT 18 2 n631 translate-names τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Italy This is the name of land. Rome is the capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 2 n95f τὸ διατεταχέναι Κλαύδιον 1 Claudius had commanded Claudius was the current Roman emperor. See how you translated this in [Acts 11:28](../11/28.md).
|
||||
ACT 18 3 q259 τὸ ὁμότεχνον εἶναι 1 he worked at the same trade “he did the same kind of work that they did”
|
||||
ACT 18 2 n95f τὸ διατεταχέναι Κλαύδιον 1 Claudius had ordered Claudius was the current Roman emperor. See how you translated this in [Acts 11:28](../11/28.md).
|
||||
ACT 18 3 q259 τὸ ὁμότεχνον εἶναι 1 he was of the same trade “he did the same kind of work that they did”
|
||||
ACT 18 4 r56h 0 General Information: Silas and Timothy rejoin Paul.
|
||||
ACT 18 4 h3az διελέγετο δὲ 1 So Paul reasoned “So Paul debated” or “So Paul discussed.” He gave reasons. This means that rather than just preaching, Paul talked and interacted with the people.
|
||||
ACT 18 4 r2gp ἔπειθέν τε Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 He persuaded both Jews and Greeks Possible meanings are (1) “He caused both Jews and Greeks to believe” or (2) “He kept trying to persuade the Jews and the Greeks.”
|
||||
ACT 18 5 d191 figs-activepassive συνείχετο τῷ λόγῳ ὁ Παῦλος 1 Paul devoted himself to the word This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit compelled Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 6 ncx8 translate-symaction ἐκτιναξάμενος τὰ ἱμάτια 1 shook out his garment This is a symbolic action to indicate that Paul will no longer try to teach the Jews there about Jesus. He is leaving them to God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 18 6 z12a figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν 1 May your blood be upon your own heads Here “blood” stands for the guilt of their actions. Here “heads” refers to the whole person. Paul tells the Jews they are solely responsible for the judgment they will face for their stubbornness if they refuse to repent. Alternate translation: “You alone bear the responsibility for your punishment for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 4 h3az διελέγετο δὲ 1 And he reasoned “And Paul debated” or “And Paul discussed.” He gave reasons. This means that rather than just preaching, Paul talked and interacted with the people.
|
||||
ACT 18 4 r2gp ἔπειθέν τε Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 persuading both Jews and Greeks Possible meanings are (1) “he caused both Jews and Greeks to believe” or (2) “he kept trying to persuade the Jews and the Greeks.”
|
||||
ACT 18 6 ncx8 translate-symaction ἐκτιναξάμενος τὰ ἱμάτια 1 shaking out his garment This is a symbolic action to indicate that Paul will no longer try to teach the Jews there about Jesus. He is leaving them to God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 18 6 z12a figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν 1 Your blood be upon your head Here **blood** stands for the guilt of their actions. Here **head** refers to the whole person. Paul tells the Jews they are solely responsible for the judgment they will face for their stubbornness if they refuse to repent. Alternate translation: “You alone bear the responsibility for your punishment for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 7 cd3u 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul. The first word “his” refers to Titius Justus. The second word “his” refers to Crispus.
|
||||
ACT 18 7 vs6y translate-names Τιτίου Ἰούστου 1 Titius Justus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 7 v8xg σεβομένου τὸν Θεόν 1 worshiped God A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him but does not necessarily obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 18 7 v8xg σεβομένου τὸν Θεόν 1 who worships God A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him but does not necessarily obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 18 8 lj2t translate-names Κρίσπος 1 Crispus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 8 kkk9 ἀρχισυνάγωγος 1 leader of the synagogue a layperson who sponsored and administered the synagogue, not necessarily the teacher
|
||||
ACT 18 8 uaq5 figs-metonymy ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ 1 all those who lived in his house Here “house” refers to the people who lived together. Alternate translation: “the people who lived with him in his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 8 t3np figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “received baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 ws7p figs-parallelism μὴ φοβοῦ, ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 Do not be afraid, but speak and do not be silent The Lord is giving one command in two different ways to emphasize that Paul should certainly continue preaching. Alternate translation: “You must not be afraid and, instead, continue to speak and not become silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 zg8a figs-doublet λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 speak and do not be silent The Lord gives the same command in two different ways to strongly command Paul to speak. Alternate translation: “you must certainly continue to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 18 8 uaq5 figs-metonymy ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ 1 all those in his house Here **house** refers to the people who lived together. Alternate translation: “the people who lived with him in his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 8 t3np figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were being baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “were receiving baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 ws7p figs-parallelism μὴ φοβοῦ, ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 Do not be afraid, but continue speaking and do not be silent The Lord is giving one command in two different ways to emphasize that Paul should certainly continue preaching. Alternate translation: “You must not be afraid and, instead, continue to speak and not become silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 zg8a figs-doublet λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 continue speaking and do not be silent The Lord gives the same command in two different ways to strongly command Paul to speak. Alternate translation: “you must certainly continue to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 a529 figs-explicit μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 do not be silent It can be stated explicitly what the Lord wants Paul to speak. Alternate translation: “do not stop speaking about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 18 10 a8lq λαός ἐστί μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 I have many people in this city “there are many people in this city who have put their faith in me” or “many people in this city will put their faith in me”
|
||||
ACT 18 11 mqx2 writing-endofstory ἐκάθισεν δὲ ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἓξ, διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul lived there…teaching the word of God among them This is a concluding statement for this part of the story. “Word of God” here is a synecdoche for the entire scriptures. Alternate translation: “Paul lived there…teaching the scriptures among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 11 mqx2 writing-endofstory ἐκάθισεν δὲ ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἓξ, διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 And so he stayed there for a year and six months, teaching the word of God among them This is a concluding statement for this part of the story. Here **word of God** is a synecdoche for the entire scriptures. Alternate translation: “And so Paul lived there for a year and six months, teaching the scriptures among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 12 f41k translate-names 0 General Information: Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 12 b5bf 0 Connecting Statement: The unbelieving Jews bring Paul to the judgment seat before Gallio.
|
||||
ACT 18 12 se8m translate-names Γαλλίωνος 1 Gallio This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 12 j762 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This stands for the Jewish leaders that did not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 12 lp79 κατεπέστησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 rose up together “came together” or “joined together”
|
||||
ACT 18 12 u36c figs-metonymy ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα 1 brought him before the judgment seat The Jews took Paul by force to bring Paul before the court. Here “judgment seat” refers to the place where Gallio sat when he made legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: “took him so that the governor could judge him at the judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 14 d13b εἶπεν ὁ Γαλλίων 1 Gallio said Gallio was the Roman governor of the Province.
|
||||
ACT 18 15 y6mt νόμου τοῦ καθ’ ὑμᾶς 1 your own law Here “law” refers to the law of Moses and as well as the Jewish customs of Paul’s time.
|
||||
ACT 18 15 khr5 κριτὴς ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι 1 I do not wish to be a judge of these matters “I refuse to make a judgment about these matters”
|
||||
ACT 18 12 lp79 κατεπέστησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 rose up together against “came together against” or “joined together to attack”
|
||||
ACT 18 12 u36c figs-metonymy ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα 1 brought him before the judgment seat The Jews took Paul by force to bring Paul before the court. Here **judgment seat** refers to the place where Gallio sat when he made legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: “took him so that the governor could judge him at the judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 14 d13b ὁ Γαλλίων 1 Gallio Gallio was the Roman governor of the Province.
|
||||
ACT 18 15 y6mt νόμου τοῦ καθ’ ὑμᾶς 1 your law Here **law** refers to the law of Moses and as well as the Jewish customs of Paul’s time.
|
||||
ACT 18 15 khr5 κριτὴς ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι 1 I do not want to be a judge of these matters “I refuse to make a judgment about these matters”
|
||||
ACT 18 16 yf81 0 General Information: Here the word “they” probably refers to the Gentiles at the court. They reacted against the Jews who had brought Paul before the judgment seat ([Acts 18:12](../18/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 18 16 d6nh figs-metonymy ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος 1 Gallio made them leave the judgment seat “Gallio dismissed them from the judgment seat.” Here “judgment seat” refers to the place where Gallio sits to make legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: “Gallio made them leave his presence in the court” or “Gallio made them leave the court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 cyk6 figs-hyperbole ἐπιλαβόμενοι…πάντες 1 they all seized This may be an exaggeration to emphasize the strong feelings the people had. Alternate translation: “many people seized” or “many of them grabbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 mj77 ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον, ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος 1 So they all seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment seat Possible meanings are (1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or (2) it is possible that Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so the Jews beat him in front of the court.
|
||||
ACT 18 17 x9w5 translate-names Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον 1 Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue “Sosthenes” was the Jewish ruler of the synagogue at Corinth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 z9fv ἔτυπτον 1 beat him “repeatedly hit him” or “repeatedly punched him.”
|
||||
ACT 18 16 d6nh figs-metonymy ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος 1 he sent them away from the judgment seat “Gallio dismissed them from the judgment seat.” Here **judgment seat** refers to the place where Gallio sits to make legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: “Gallio made them leave his presence in the court” or “Gallio made them leave the court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 cyk6 figs-hyperbole ἐπιλαβόμενοι…πάντες 1 they all, having seized This may be an exaggeration to emphasize the strong feelings the people had. Alternate translation: “many people seized” or “many of them grabbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 mj77 ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον, ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος 1 But they all, having seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, were beating him in front of the judgment seat Possible meanings are (1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or (2) it is possible that Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so the Jews beat him in front of the court.
|
||||
ACT 18 17 x9w5 translate-names Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον 1 Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue **Sosthenes** was the Jewish ruler of the synagogue at Corinth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 z9fv ἔτυπτον 1 were beating him “repeatedly hit him” or “repeatedly punched him.”
|
||||
ACT 18 18 x25w translate-names 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul. Cenchreae was a seaport that was part of the greater Corinth city area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 18 ura9 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul’s missionary journey as Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila leave Corinth. This seems to indicate that Silas and Timothy remain since it says “he” here and not “we.” The word “they” refers to Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila.
|
||||
ACT 18 18 et8c figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἀποταξάμενος 1 left the brothers The word “brothers” refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “left the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 18 18 v5kl ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ἀκύλας 1 sailed for Syria with Priscilla and Aquila Paul got on a ship that sailed for Syria. Priscilla and Aquila went with him.
|
||||
ACT 18 18 kq6f translate-symaction κειράμενος…τὴν κεφαλήν, εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν 1 he shaved his head…because he had madef a vow This is a symbolic action that indicates the completion of a vow. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he had someone cut off the hair on his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 18 et8c figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἀποταξάμενος 1 left the brothers The word **brothers** refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “left the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 18 18 v5kl ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ἀκύλας 1 and sailed to Syria, and Priscilla and Aquila were with him Paul got on a ship that sailed for Syria. Priscilla and Aquila went with him.
|
||||
ACT 18 18 kq6f translate-symaction κειράμενος…τὴν κεφαλήν, εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν 1 He had cut the hair of his head…because he had a vow This is a symbolic action that indicates the completion of a **vow**. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he had someone cut off the hair on his head…because he had completed a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 19 abcx κἀκείνους κατέλιπεν 1 he left them “Paul left Priscilla and Aquilla”
|
||||
ACT 18 19 st93 διελέξατο τοῖς 1 reasoned with “discussed with” or “debated with”
|
||||
ACT 18 19 st93 διελέξατο 1 reasoned with “discussed with” or “debated with”
|
||||
ACT 18 20 u44s 0 General Information: Here the words “they” and “them” refer to the Jews in Ephesus.
|
||||
ACT 18 21 iz1u ἀποταξάμενος 1 taking his leave of them “saying good-bye to them”
|
||||
ACT 18 21 iz1u ἀποταξάμενος 1 having left them “when he had departed from them”
|
||||
ACT 18 22 pr6u 0 General Information: Phrygia is a province in Asia which is now modern day Turkey. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
ACT 18 22 p364 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues his missionary journey.
|
||||
ACT 18 22 gyy4 κατελθὼν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 landed at Caesarea “arrived at Caesarea.” The word “landed” is used to show that he arrived by ship.
|
||||
ACT 18 22 r26z ἀναβὰς 1 he went up He traveled to the city of Jerusalem. The phrase “went up” is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 18 22 q9j6 figs-metonymy ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 greeted the Jerusalem church Here “church” refers to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “greeted the members of the church of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 22 n3rh κατέβη 1 then went down The phrase “went down” is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 18 23 pww5 ἐξῆλθεν 1 Paul departed “Paul went away” or “Paul left”
|
||||
ACT 18 23 h65j figs-metaphor καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ 1 After having spent some time there This speaks about “time” as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. Alternate translation: After staying there for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 18 22 gyy4 κατελθὼν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 having landed at Caesarea “when he had arrived at Caesarea.” The word **landed** is used to show that he arrived by ship.
|
||||
ACT 18 22 r26z ἀναβὰς 1 having gone up He traveled to the city of Jerusalem. The phrase **gone up** is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 18 22 q9j6 figs-metonymy ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 greeted the church Here **church** refers to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “greeted the members of the church of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 22 n3rh κατέβη 1 he went down The phrase **went down** is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 18 23 pww5 ἐξῆλθεν 1 he departed “Paul went away” or “Paul left”
|
||||
ACT 18 23 h65j figs-metaphor καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ 1 And having spent some time there This speaks about **time** as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. Alternate translation: And after staying there for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 a7p9 writing-background 0 General Information: Apollos is introduced to the story. Verses 24 and 25 give background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 muc2 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells what happens in Ephesus with Priscilla and Aquila.
|
||||
ACT 18 24 xqy7 δέ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line.
|
||||
ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants Ἰουδαῖος…τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι 1 a certain Jew named Apollos The phrase “a certain” indicates that Luke is introducing a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants Ἰουδαῖος…τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι 1 a certain Jew named Apollos The phrase **a certain** indicates that Luke is introducing a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 di14 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ γένει 1 an Alexandrian by birth “a man who was born in the city of Alexandria.” This was a city in Egypt on the north coast of Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 t4zi λόγιος 1 eloquent in speech “a good speaker”
|
||||
ACT 18 24 bh25 δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς 1 mighty in the scriptures “he knew the scriptures thoroughly.” He understood the Old Testament writings well.
|
||||
ACT 18 25 z7a8 figs-activepassive οὗτος ἦν κατηχημένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Apollos had been instructed in the teachings of the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Other believers had taught Apollos how the Lord Jesus wanted people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 25 ift8 figs-synecdoche καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι 1 Being fervent in spirit Here “spirit” refers to the entire person of Apollos. Alternate translation: “Being very enthusiastic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 t4zi ἀνὴρ λόγιος 1 an eloquent man “a good speaker”
|
||||
ACT 18 24 bh25 δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς 1 He was mighty in the scriptures “he knew the scriptures thoroughly.” He understood the Old Testament writings well.
|
||||
ACT 18 25 z7a8 figs-activepassive οὗτος ἦν κατηχημένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 He had been instructed in the way of the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Other believers had taught Apollos how the Lord Jesus wanted people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 25 ift8 figs-synecdoche καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι 1 and being fervent in spirit Here **spirit** refers to the entire person of Apollos. Alternate translation: “and being very enthusiastic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 25 lr1h τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου 1 the baptism of John “The baptism that John performed.” This is comparing John’s baptism which was with water to Jesus’ baptism which is with the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ACT 18 26 ga6v figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the way of God How God wants people to live is spoken of as if it were a road that a person travels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 18 26 k1lb ἀκριβέστερον 1 more accurately “correctly” or “more fully”
|
||||
ACT 18 26 k1lb ἀκριβέστερον 1 more accurately “more correctly” or “more fully”
|
||||
ACT 18 27 c2sq 0 General Information: Here the he words “he” and “him” refer to Apollos ([Acts 18:24](./24.md)).
|
||||
ACT 18 27 ll36 διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν 1 to pass over into Achaia “to go to the region of Achaia.” The phrase “pass over” is used here because Apollos had to cross the Aegean Sea to get to Achaia from Ephesus.
|
||||
ACT 18 27 ll36 διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν 1 to pass over into Achaia “to go to the region of Achaia.” The phrase **pass over** is used here because Apollos had to cross the Aegean Sea to get to Achaia from Ephesus.
|
||||
ACT 18 27 pql7 τὴν Ἀχαΐαν 1 Achaia Achaia was a Roman Province in the southern section of Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md).
|
||||
ACT 18 27 v2i6 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers The word “brothers” here refers to men and women believers. You can make explicit that these are believers in Ephesus. Alternate translation: “fellow believers in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 18 27 q5f2 ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 wrote to the disciples “wrote a letter to the Christians in Achaia”
|
||||
ACT 18 27 f99p τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος 1 those who believed by grace “those who had believed in salvation by grace” or “those who by God’s grace believed in Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 18 28 l2zt εὐτόνως…τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ 1 Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate “In public debate Apollos powerfully showed that the Jews were wrong”
|
||||
ACT 18 28 v4sx ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν Γραφῶν εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν, Ἰησοῦν 1 showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ “as he showed them by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ”
|
||||
ACT 18 27 v2i6 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers The word **brothers** here refers to men and women believers. You can make explicit that these are believers in Ephesus. Alternate translation: “fellow believers in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 18 27 q5f2 ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 and wrote to the disciples “and wrote a letter to the Christians in Achaia”
|
||||
ACT 18 27 f99p τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος 1 those who had believed by grace “those who had believed in salvation by grace” or “those who by God’s grace believed in Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 18 28 l2zt εὐτόνως…τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ 1 he was powerfully refuting the Jews publicly “in public debate Apollos powerfully proved that the Jews were wrong”
|
||||
ACT 19 intro g38y 0 # Acts 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baptism<br><br>John baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins. Jesus’ followers baptized people who wanted to follow Jesus.<br><br>### Temple of Diana<br><br>The temple of Diana was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Diana while they were there. The people who sold statues of Diana were afraid that if people did not believe Diana was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 rhv1 0 General Information: The “upper country” was an area of Asia which today is part of modern-day Turkey to the north of Ephesus. Paul must have traveled by land around the top of the Aegean sea in order to come to Ephesus (also in Turkey today) which is directly east of Corinth by sea.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 wu6p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul travels to Ephesus.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 lp23 ἐγένετο δὲ 1 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 lp23 ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 ati9 διελθόντα 1 passed through “traveled through”
|
||||
ACT 19 2 wqi4 Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐλάβετε 1 receive the Holy Spirit This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them.
|
||||
ACT 19 2 nvn4 οὐδ’ εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἔστιν ἠκούσαμεν 1 we did not even hear about the Holy Spirit “we have not even heard about the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ACT 19 2 wqi4 εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐλάβετε 1 Did you receive the Holy Spirit This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them.
|
||||
ACT 19 2 nvn4 οὐδ’ εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἔστιν ἠκούσαμεν 1 we did not even heard if there is a Holy Spirit “we have never heard about the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ACT 19 3 hml1 0 General Information: Here the words “They,” “you,” and “they” refer to certain disciples in the city of Ephesus ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)). The word “him” refers to John.
|
||||
ACT 19 3 mrm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 Into what then were you baptized? This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “What kind of baptism did you receive?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 3 jzp7 figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ Ἰωάννου βάπτισμα 1 Into John’s baptism You can translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “We received the kind of baptism about which John taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 19 4 r46y figs-abstractnouns βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 the baptism of repentance You can translate the abstract noun “repentance” as the verb “repent.” Alternate translation: “the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 19 4 pv7t τὸν ἐρχόμενον 1 the one who would come Here “the one” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 19 4 q5fh τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ’ αὐτὸν 1 come after him This means to come after John the Baptist in time and not following after him physically.
|
||||
ACT 19 3 jzp7 figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ Ἰωάννου βάπτισμα 1 Into the baptism of John You can translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “We received the kind of baptism about which John taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 19 4 r46y figs-abstractnouns βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 a baptism of repentance You can translate the abstract noun **repentance** as the verb “repent.” Alternate translation: “the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 19 4 pv7t τὸν ἐρχόμενον 1 the one who is coming Here **the one** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 19 4 q5fh τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ’ αὐτὸν 1 the one who is coming after him This means to come after John the Baptist in time and not following after him physically.
|
||||
ACT 19 5 zx2b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues staying in Ephesus.
|
||||
ACT 19 5 k9st ἀκούσαντες δὲ 1 When the people Here “people” refers to the disciples in Ephesus who were talking with Paul ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)),
|
||||
ACT 19 5 k9st ἐβαπτίσθησαν 1 they were baptized Here **they** refers to the disciples in Ephesus who were talking with Paul ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)),
|
||||
ACT 19 5 ueh1 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθησαν 1 they were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 5 g2dm figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Here “name” refers to Jesus’ power and authority. Alternate translation: “as believers in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 6 gk8l ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου χεῖρας 1 laid his hands on them “placed his hands on them.” He probably placed his hands on their shoulders or heads. Alternate translation: “placed his hands on their heads as he prayed”
|
||||
ACT 19 6 j4n8 ἐλάλουν τε γλώσσαις καὶ ἐπροφήτευον 1 they spoke in other languages and prophesied Unlike in [Acts 2:3-4](../02/03.md), there are no details of who understood their messages.
|
||||
ACT 19 7 e7kj writing-background ἦσαν δὲ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα 1 In all they were about twelve men This tells how many men were baptized. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 19 7 u71i translate-numbers ἄνδρες…δώδεκα 1 twelve men “12 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 19 8 qv8z εἰσελθὼν…εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν, ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς 1 Paul went into the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months “Paul regularly attended the synagogue meetings for three months and spoke there boldly”
|
||||
ACT 19 5 g2dm figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Here **name** refers to Jesus’ power and authority. Alternate translation: “as believers in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 6 gk8l ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου χεῖρας 1 when Paul had laid his hands on them He probably placed his hands on their shoulders or heads. Alternate translation: “when Paul had placed his hands on their heads as he prayed”
|
||||
ACT 19 6 j4n8 ἐλάλουν τε γλώσσαις καὶ ἐπροφήτευον 1 and they began to speak in tongues and prophesy Unlike in [Acts 2:3-4](../02/03.md), there are no details of who understood their messages.
|
||||
ACT 19 7 e7kj writing-background ἦσαν δὲ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα 1 And they were about 12 men in all This tells how many men were baptized. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 19 7 u71i translate-numbers ἄνδρες…δώδεκα 1 12 men “12 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 19 8 qv8z εἰσελθὼν…εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν, ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς 1 having gone into the synagogue, he was speaking boldly for three months “Paul regularly attended the synagogue meetings for three months and spoke there boldly”
|
||||
ACT 19 8 yky2 διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων 1 reasoning and persuading them “convincing people with convincing arguments and with clear teaching”
|
||||
ACT 19 8 v8et figs-metonymy περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 about the kingdom of God Here “kingdom” stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “about God’s rule as king” or “about how God would show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 9 mq1g figs-metaphor τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν 1 some Jews were hardened and disobedient To stubbornly refuse to believe is spoken of as though the people were becoming hard and unable to move. Alternate translation: “some Jews were stubborn and did not believe” or “some Jews stubbornly refused to accept and obey the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 9 n6ir figs-metaphor κακολογοῦντες τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους 1 to speak evil of the Way before the crowd What Christ wants people to believe is spoken of as though it were a road that a person travels. The phrase, “the Way,” seems to have been a title for Christianity at the time. Alternate translation: “to speak evil about Christianity to the crowd” or “to speak to the crowd evil things about those who follow Christ and who obey his teaching about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md))
|
||||
ACT 19 9 ts8d κακολογοῦντες 1 to speak evil of “to speak bad things about”
|
||||
ACT 19 8 v8et figs-metonymy περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 about the kingdom of God Here **kingdom** stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “about God’s rule as king” or “about how God would show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 9 mq1g figs-metaphor τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν 1 some were hardened and being disobedient To stubbornly refuse to believe is spoken of as though the people were becoming **hardened** and unable to move. Alternate translation: “some Jews were stubborn and did not believe” or “some Jews stubbornly refused to accept and obey the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 9 n6ir figs-metaphor κακολογοῦντες τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους 1 speaking evil of the Way before the crowd What Christ wants people to believe is spoken of as though it were a road that a person travels. The phrase **the Way** seems to have been a title for Christianity at the time. Alternate translation: “speaking evil about Christianity to the crowd” or “speaking to the crowd evil things about those who follow Christ and who obey his teaching about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md))
|
||||
ACT 19 9 ts8d κακολογοῦντες 1 speaking evil “speaking bad things about”
|
||||
ACT 19 9 xsm6 ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράννου 1 in the lecture hall of Tyrannus “in the large room where Tyrannus had taught people”
|
||||
ACT 19 9 den4 translate-names Τυράννου 1 Tyrannus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 10 cw5g figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Ἀσίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 all who lived in Asia heard the word of the Lord Here “all” is a generalization that means very many people throughout Asia heard the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 19 10 kj12 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 9 den4 translate-names Τυράννου 1 of Tyrannus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 10 cw5g figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Ἀσίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 all those who lived in Asia heard the word of the Lord Here **all** is a generalization that means very many people throughout Asia heard the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 19 10 kj12 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 11 cb6w 0 General Information: Here the words “them” and “they” refer to those who were sick.
|
||||
ACT 19 11 fa6h figs-synecdoche δυνάμεις τε οὐ τὰς τυχούσας, ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίει διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Παύλου 1 God was doing not ordinary miracles by the hands of Paul Here “hands” stands for Paul’s whole person. Alternate translation: “God was causing Paul to do miracles” or “God was doing miracles through Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 19 11 fa6h figs-synecdoche δυνάμεις τε οὐ τὰς τυχούσας, ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίει διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Παύλου 1 And God was doing not ordinary miracles by the hands of Paul Here **hands** stands for Paul’s whole person. Alternate translation: “And God was causing Paul to do unusual miracles” or “And God was doing amazing miracles through Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 19 11 abcy οὐ τὰς τυχούσας 1 not ordinary “unusual”
|
||||
ACT 19 12 m3kl καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἀποφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια, καὶ 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him were taken to the sick and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when they took to sick people even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched Paul”
|
||||
ACT 19 12 vc1v καὶ…ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him Possible meanings are (1) these were cloth items that Paul had touched or (2) these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used.
|
||||
ACT 19 12 m3kl καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἀποφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια, καὶ 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons from his body were taken to the sick and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when they took to sick people even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched Paul”
|
||||
ACT 19 12 vc1v καὶ…ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons from his body Possible meanings are (1) these were cloth items that Paul had touched or (2) these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used.
|
||||
ACT 19 12 aks4 σουδάρια 1 handkerchiefs cloths worn around the head
|
||||
ACT 19 12 xs31 σιμικίνθια 1 aprons clothing worn on the front of the body to protect the clothes of people
|
||||
ACT 19 12 kw9z figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This refers to sick people. Alternate translation: “sick people” or “those who were sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 19 12 nl3a ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους 1 their illnesses left them “those who were sick became healthy”
|
||||
ACT 19 12 nl3a ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους 1 their illnesses departed from them “those who were sick became healthy”
|
||||
ACT 19 13 he2x 0 General Information: This is the beginning of another event that happened while Paul was in Ephesus. It is about Jewish exorcists.
|
||||
ACT 19 13 fgq4 ἐξορκιστῶν 1 exorcists people who send evil spirits away from people or places
|
||||
ACT 19 13 s12u figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus Here “name” refers to Jesus’ power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 13 d59p τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν Παῦλος κηρύσσει 1 By the Jesus whom Paul proclaims “Jesus” was a common name at the time, so these exorcists wanted people to know of whom they spoke.
|
||||
ACT 19 13 vqt1 figs-metonymy τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 By the Jesus This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “by the authority of Jesus” or “by the power of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 14 cb8p translate-names Σκευᾶ 1 Sceva This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 13 s12u figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus Here **name** refers to Jesus’ power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 13 d59p τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν Παῦλος κηρύσσει 1 by the Jesus whom Paul proclaims **Jesus** was a common name at the time, so these exorcists wanted people to know of whom they spoke.
|
||||
ACT 19 13 vqt1 figs-metonymy τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 by the Jesus This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “by the authority of Jesus” or “by the power of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 14 cb8p translate-names Σκευᾶ 1 of Sceva This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 15 i4a2 τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι 1 Jesus I know, and Paul I know “I know Jesus and Paul” or “I know Jesus, and I know Paul”
|
||||
ACT 19 15 nsl1 figs-rquestion ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ 1 but who are you? The spirit asked this question to emphasize that the exorcists had no authority over evil spirits. Alternate translation: “but I do not know you!” or “but you have no authority over me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 19 16 ty4x φαλόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος…ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν 1 The evil spirit in the man leaped This means that the evil spirit caused the man whom it was controlling to leap on the exorcists.
|
||||
ACT 19 16 lu7u αὐτοὺς 1 exorcists This refers to people who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in [Acts 19:13](../19/13.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 15 nsl1 figs-rquestion ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ? 1 but who are you? The spirit asked this question to emphasize that the exorcists had no authority over evil spirits. Alternate translation: “but I do not know you!” or “but you have no authority over me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 19 16 ty4x ἐφαλόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν 1 the man in whom was the evil spirit, after leaping on them This means that the **evil spirit** caused the **man** whom it was controlling to leap on the exorcists.
|
||||
ACT 19 16 lu7u αὐτοὺς 1 them This refers to the exorcists who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in [Acts 19:13](../19/13.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 16 b8cb γυμνοὺς…ἐκφυγεῖν 1 they fled…naked The exorcists fled with their clothes ripped off them.
|
||||
ACT 19 17 j85h figs-activepassive ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus was honored This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they honored the name of the Lord Jesus” or “they considered the name of the Lord Jesus to be great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 17 j85h figs-activepassive ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they magnified the name of the Lord Jesus” or “they considered the name of the Lord Jesus to be great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 17 j2hh figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα 1 the name This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 18 tj8t writing-endofstory 0 This ends the story about the Jewish exorcists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 19 19 z9rj συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους 1 brought their books “collected their books.” The word “books” refers to scrolls on which magical incantations and formulas were written.
|
||||
ACT 19 19 m6nf ἐνώπιον πάντων 1 in the sight of everyone “in front of everyone”
|
||||
ACT 19 19 z9rj συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους 1 having brought their books together “having collected their books.” The word **books** refers to scrolls on which magical incantations and formulas were written.
|
||||
ACT 19 19 m6nf ἐνώπιον πάντων 1 before everyone “in front of everyone”
|
||||
ACT 19 19 upz3 τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν 1 the value of them “the value of the books” or “the value of the scrolls”
|
||||
ACT 19 19 u9pi translate-numbers μυριάδας πέντε 1 fifty thousand “50,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 19 19 bcv2 translate-bmoney ἀργυρίου 1 pieces of silver A “piece of silver” was the approximate daily wage for a common laborer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
ACT 19 20 es71 figs-synecdoche οὕτως κατὰ κράτος τοῦ Κυρίου ὁ λόγος ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν 1 So the word of the Lord spread very widely in powerful ways “So because of these powerful deeds, more and more people heard the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 19 19 u9pi translate-numbers μυριάδας πέντε 1 50,000 “ fifty thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 19 19 bcv2 translate-bmoney ἀργυρίου 1 pieces of silver Each of the **pieces of silver** was the approximate daily wage for a common laborer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
ACT 19 20 es71 figs-synecdoche οὕτως κατὰ κράτος τοῦ Κυρίου ὁ λόγος ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν 1 So the word of the Lord was spreading and prevailing according to power “So because of these powerful deeds, more and more people heard the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 19 21 k1j1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about going Jerusalem but does not leave Ephesus yet.
|
||||
ACT 19 21 de4f δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
ACT 19 21 q18b ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα…ὁ Παῦλος 1 Paul completed his ministry in Ephesus “Paul completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus”
|
||||
ACT 19 21 fgq5 ἔθετο…ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 he decided in the Spirit Possible meanings are (1) Paul decided with the help of the Holy Spirit or (2) Paul decided within his own spirit, which means he made up his mind.
|
||||
ACT 19 21 q18b ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα…ὁ Παῦλος 1 this was completed, Paul “Paul had completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus, he”
|
||||
ACT 19 21 fgq5 ἔθετο…ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 he determined in the Spirit Possible meanings are (1) Paul decided with the help of the Holy Spirit or (2) Paul decided within his own spirit, which means he made up his mind.
|
||||
ACT 19 21 brb7 Ἀχαΐαν 1 Achaia Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. It was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 21 rdz4 δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν 1 I must also see Rome “I must also travel to Rome”
|
||||
ACT 19 21 rdz4 δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν 1 it is necessary for me also to see Rome “I must also travel to Rome”
|
||||
ACT 19 22 cy6f translate-names Ἔραστον 1 Erastus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 22 k35j figs-explicit αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν 1 But he himself stayed in Asia for a while It is made explicit in the next few verses that Paul remains in Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 19 22 uy9x figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 he himself This is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 19 22 k35j figs-explicit αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν 1 he himself stayed in Asia for a time It is made explicit in the next few verses that Paul remains in Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 19 22 uy9x figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν 1 he himself stayed Here **himself** is added for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 19 23 y5ae writing-background 0 General Information: Demetrius is introduced to the story. Verse 24 introduces background information about Demetrius. Ephesus had a large temple dedicated to the goddess Artemis, sometimes translated as “Diana.” She was a false goddess of fertility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 23 l7gz 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about a riot that broke out while Paul was in Ephesus.
|
||||
ACT 19 23 kn49 ἐγένετο…τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way This is a summary opening statement.
|
||||
ACT 19 23 kn49 ἐγένετο…τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 there was no small disturbance concerning the Way This is a summary opening statement.
|
||||
ACT 19 23 nb3p figs-litotes ἐγένετο…τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος 1 there was no small disturbance “the people became very upset” See how you translated this in [Acts 12:18](../12/18.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 19 23 rwf2 τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated this title in [Acts 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 24 cg16 writing-participants Δημήτριος…τις ὀνόματι ἀργυροκόπος 1 A certain silversmith named Demetrius The use of the words “a certain” introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 19 24 nwt7 ἀργυροκόπος 1 silversmith a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry
|
||||
ACT 19 24 cg16 writing-participants Δημήτριος…τις ὀνόματι ἀργυροκόπος 1 a certain silversmith named Demetrius The use of the words **a certain** introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 19 24 nwt7 ἀργυροκόπος 1 a silversmith a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry
|
||||
ACT 19 24 v8cb translate-names Δημήτριος…ὀνόματι 1 named Demetrius This is the name of a man. Demetrius was a silversmith in Ephesus who was against Paul and the local church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 24 p58m figs-litotes παρείχετο…οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν 1 brought in much business This is a way of saying that he brought in much business. Alternate translation: “made a lot of money for those who made the idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 19 24 p58m figs-litotes παρείχετο…οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν 1 brought in not a little business This is a way of saying that he brought in much business. Alternate translation: “made a lot of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 19 25 kuz6 τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας 1 the workmen of that occupation An occupation is a profession or job. Alternate translation: “others who did that kind of work”
|
||||
ACT 19 26 w5z6 0 Connecting Statement: Demetrius continues to speak to the craftsmen.
|
||||
ACT 19 26 rm6w θεωρεῖτε καὶ ἀκούετε ὅτι 1 You see and hear that “You have come to know and understand that”
|
||||
ACT 19 26 rx32 figs-metaphor μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον 1 turned away many people Paul’s stopping people from worshiping idols is spoken of as though Paul were literally turning the people in a different direction. Alternate translation: “caused many people to stop worshiping the local gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 26 z7e7 figs-ellipsis λέγων ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοὶ, οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι 1 He is saying that there are no gods that are made with hands Here the word “hands” can refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “He is saying that the idols that people make are not real gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 19 27 r1w2 figs-activepassive τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν, τὸ μέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν ἐλθεῖν 1 that our trade will no longer be needed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the people will no longer want to buy idols from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 27 j3bb figs-activepassive τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν, εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι 1 the temple of the great goddess Artemis may be considered worthless This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people will think there is no benefit in going to the temple to worship the great goddess Artemis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 27 bqt4 μέλλειν τε καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι τῆς μεγαλειότητος αὐτῆς 1 she would even lose her greatness Artemis’s greatness only comes from what people think of her.
|
||||
ACT 19 27 hz7l figs-hyperbole ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται 1 whom all Asia and the world worships This was an exaggeration to show how popular the goddess Artemis was. Here the words “Asia” and “the world” refer to the people in Asia and the known world. Alternate translation: “whom many people in Asia and in other parts of the world worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 26 rm6w θεωρεῖτε καὶ ἀκούετε ὅτι 1 you see and hear that “you have come to know and understand that”
|
||||
ACT 19 26 rx32 figs-metaphor μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον 1 and turned away a considerable crowd Paul’s stopping people from worshiping idols is spoken of as though Paul were literally turning the people in a different direction. Alternate translation: “and caused many people to stop worshiping the local gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 26 z7e7 figs-ellipsis λέγων ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοὶ, οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι 1 He is saying that the things that are being made with hands are not gods Here the word **hands** can refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “He is saying that the idols that people make are not real gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 19 27 r1w2 figs-activepassive τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν, τὸ μέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν ἐλθεῖν 1 is this trade in peril for us to come to disrepute This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “might the people no longer want to buy idols that we make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 27 j3bb figs-activepassive τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν, εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι 1 the temple of the great goddess Artemis may be considered as nothing This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people may think there is no benefit in going to the temple to worship the great goddess Artemis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 27 bqt4 μέλλειν τε καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι τῆς μεγαλειότητος αὐτῆς 1 And indeed, her majesty is about to be destroyed Artemis’s greatness only comes from what people think of her.
|
||||
ACT 19 27 hz7l figs-hyperbole ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται 1 whom all Asia and the world worships This was an exaggeration to show how popular the goddess Artemis was. Here the words **Asia** and **the world** refer to the people in Asia and the known world. Alternate translation: “whom many people in Asia and in other parts of the world worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 28 t4lm 0 General Information: Here “they” refers to the craftsmen who made the idols ([Acts 19:24-25](./24.md)).
|
||||
ACT 19 28 uc5c figs-metaphor γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ 1 they were filled with anger This speaks of the craftsmen as though they were containers. Here “anger” is spoken of as if it were the contents that fill a container. Alternate translation: “they became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 28 lcx8 ἔκραζον 1 cried out “shouted aloud” or “shouted loudly”
|
||||
ACT 19 29 t7xs figs-metonymy ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως 1 The whole city was filled with confusion Here “city” refers to the people. The city is spoken of as if it were a container. And, “confusion” is spoken of as if it were the contents that filled the container. Alternate translation: “Then people all over the city became upset and started shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 29 nt7y ὥρμησάν τε ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 the people rushed together This was a mob or near riot situation.
|
||||
ACT 19 28 uc5c figs-metaphor γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ 1 having become filled with anger This speaks of the craftsmen as though they were containers. Here **anger** is spoken of as if it were the contents that fill a container. Alternate translation: “they became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 28 lcx8 ἔκραζον 1 they cried out “they shouted aloud” or “they shouted loudly”
|
||||
ACT 19 29 t7xs figs-metonymy ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως 1 the whole city was filled with confusion Here **city** refers to the people. The city is spoken of as if it were a container. And, **confusion** is spoken of as if it were the contents that filled the container. Alternate translation: “people all over the city became upset and started shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 29 nt7y ὥρμησάν τε ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 and they rushed together This was a mob or near riot situation.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 ej3q εἰς τὸ θέατρον 1 into the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 hjc8 συνεκδήμους Παύλου 1 Paul’s travel companions The men who had been with Paul.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 d6r9 translate-names Γάϊον καὶ Ἀρίσταρχον 1 Gaius and Aristarchus These are names of men. Gaius and Aristarchus came from Macedonia but were working with Paul in Ephesus at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 29 hjc8 συνεκδήμους Παύλου 1 Paul’s…travel companions The men who had been with Paul.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 d6r9 translate-names Γάϊον…Ἀρίσταρχον 1 Gaius…Aristarchus These are names of men. Gaius and Aristarchus came from Macedonia but were working with Paul in Ephesus at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 30 ii1u 0 General Information: Ephesus was part of the Roman empire and in the province of Asia.
|
||||
ACT 19 31 z7ww δοῦναι…εἰς τὸ θέατρον 1 enter the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. See how you translated “theater” in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 31 z7ww τὸ θέατρον 1 the theater The Ephesus **theater** was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. See how you translated **theater** in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 33 jr85 translate-names Ἀλέξανδρον 1 Alexander This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 33 j1mi figs-explicit κατασείσας τὴν χεῖρα 1 motioned with his hand You can make explicit that Alexander was showing the crowd that he wanted them to be quiet. Alternate translation: “gestured to the crowd to be quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 19 33 tlq7 ἀπολογεῖσθαι 1 to give a defense It is not clear whom or what Alexander wanted to defend. If your language requires this information, it might be best to use a general phrase like “to explain what was going on.”
|
||||
ACT 19 34 u1hp figs-metaphor φωνὴ…μία 1 with one voice The shouting together of the people at the same time is spoken of as though they were speaking with one voice. Alternate translation: “in unison” or “together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 34 u1hp figs-metaphor φωνὴ ἐγένετο μία ἐκ πάντων 1 there was one voice from all of them The shouting together of the people at the same time is spoken of as though they were speaking with one voice. Alternate translation: “they were shouting in unison” or “they were shouting together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 35 fm3m figs-you 0 General Information: The words “You” and “you” refer to all the men present who were from Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 19 35 pu96 0 Connecting Statement: The clerk of Ephesus speaks to quiet the crowd.
|
||||
ACT 19 35 sy9m ὁ γραμματεὺς 1 the town clerk This refers to the town “writer” or “secretary.”
|
||||
ACT 19 35 sd3s figs-rquestion τίς…ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων, ὃς οὐ γινώσκει τὴν Ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ τοῦ διοπετοῦ 1 what man is there who does not know that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper…heaven? The clerk asked this question to assure the crowd they were right and to comfort them. Alternate translation: “every man knows that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper…heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 19 35 k8dy figs-litotes ὃς οὐ γινώσκει 1 who does not know The town clerk uses “not” to emphasize that all of the people knew this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 19 35 sd3s figs-rquestion τίς γάρ ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων, ὃς οὐ γινώσκει τὴν Ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ τοῦ διοπετοῦς? 1 what man indeed is there who does not know that the city of Ephesus is temple keeper of the great Artemis and of that which is fallen down from heaven? The clerk asked this question to assure the crowd they were right and to comfort them. Alternate translation: “for every man knows that the Ephesians guard the temple of the great Artemis and of her image that fell down from heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 19 35 k8dy figs-litotes ὃς οὐ γινώσκει 1 who does not know The town clerk uses **not** to emphasize that all of the people knew this. Alternate translation: “everyone knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 19 35 hiw3 νεωκόρον 1 temple keeper The Ephesian people maintained and guarded the temple of Artemis.
|
||||
ACT 19 35 afd1 τοῦ διοπετοῦς 1 the image which fell down from heaven Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite which fell from the sky. People thought that his rock had come directly from Zeus, the ruler of the Greek gods (idols).
|
||||
ACT 19 36 r8cf ἀναντιρρήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων 1 Seeing then that these things are undeniable “Since you know these things”
|
||||
ACT 19 36 xj2n μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν 1 do nothing rash “do not do anything before you have had time to think about it”
|
||||
ACT 19 35 afd1 τοῦ διοπετοῦς 1 of that which is fallen down from heaven Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite which fell from the sky. People thought that his rock had come directly from Zeus, the ruler of the Greek gods (idols).
|
||||
ACT 19 36 r8cf ἀναντιρρήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων 1 So these things are undeniable “So since you know these things are true”
|
||||
ACT 19 36 xj2n μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν 1 to do nothing rash “do not do anything before you have had time to think about it”
|
||||
ACT 19 36 s67q προπετὲς 1 rash without careful thought
|
||||
ACT 19 37 s8a9 τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους 1 these men The words “these men” refer to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul’s traveling companions ([Acts 19:29](../19/29.md)).
|
||||
ACT 19 37 s8a9 τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους 1 these men The words **these men** refer to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul’s traveling companions ([Acts 19:29](../19/29.md)).
|
||||
ACT 19 38 wgv5 0 Connecting Statement: The town clerk finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
ACT 19 38 qd4s οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true.” The town clerk had said in [Acts 19:37](../19/37.md) that Gaius and Aristarchus were not robbers or blasphemers.
|
||||
ACT 19 38 zkx5 figs-abstractnouns ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον 1 have an accusation against anyone The word “accusation” can be stated as the verb “accuse.” Alternate translation: “want to accuse someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 19 38 zkx5 figs-abstractnouns ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον 1 have a word against anyone Here having **a word against** someone means they want to accuse them of something. Alternate translation: “want to accuse someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 19 38 szf7 translate-unknown ἀνθύπατοί 1 proconsuls the Roman governor’s representatives who made legal decisions in court (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ACT 19 38 g8tp ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις 1 Let them accuse one another This does not mean Demetrius and those with him will accuse each other. It means this is a place where people in general can speak their accusation. Alternate translation: “There people can accuse one another”
|
||||
ACT 19 39 hxh3 εἰ δέ τι περὶ ἑτέρων ἐπιζητεῖτε 1 But if you seek anything about other matters “But if you have other matters to discuss”
|
||||
ACT 19 39 wga5 figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται 1 it shall be settled in the regular assembly This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let us settle it in the regular assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 39 wga5 figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται 1 it will be settled in the regular assembly This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let us settle it in the regular assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 39 et5j τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 the regular assembly This refers to a public gathering of citizens over which the county clerk presided.
|
||||
ACT 19 40 sds7 figs-activepassive κινδυνεύομεν ἐνκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς σήμερον 1 in danger of being accused concerning this day’s riot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in danger of the Roman authorities accusing us of starting this riot today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 40 sds7 figs-activepassive κινδυνεύομεν ἐνκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς σήμερον 1 we are in danger of being accused of rioting concerning this day This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we are in danger of the Roman authorities accusing us of starting this riot today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 intro u91c 0 # Acts 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes Paul’s last visits to believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Asia before he went to Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Race<br><br>Paul spoke of living for Jesus as if he were running in a race. By this he meant that he needed to keep working hard even when things were difficult and he wanted to quit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])<br><br>### “Compelled by the Spirit”<br><br>Paul thought that the Holy Spirit wanted him to go to Jerusalem even if Paul did not want to go there. The same Holy Spirit told other people that when Paul arrived in Jerusalem, people would try to harm him.
|
||||
ACT 20 1 cwq7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul leaves Ephesus and continues his travels.
|
||||
ACT 20 1 y5cq μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι 1 After the uproar “After the riot” or “Following the riot”
|
||||
ACT 20 1 hr32 ἀσπασάμενος 1 he said farewell “he said goodbye”
|
||||
ACT 20 2 edb8 παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ 1 spoken many words of encouragement to them “had greatly encouraged the believers” or “had said many things to encourage the believers”
|
||||
ACT 20 3 yxj3 figs-metaphor ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς 1 After he had spent three months there “After he had stayed there three months.” This speaks about time as if it were something a person could spend. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 1 y5cq μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον 1 After the uproar had ended “After the riot” or “Following the riot”
|
||||
ACT 20 1 hr32 ἀσπασάμενος 1 and said farewell “and he said goodbye”
|
||||
ACT 20 2 edb8 παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ 1 had exhorted them with many words “had greatly encouraged the believers by saying many things” or “had said many things to challenge the believers”
|
||||
ACT 20 3 yxj3 figs-metaphor ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς 1 And after he had spent three months there “And after he had stayed there three months.” This speaks about time as if it were something a person could spend. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 3 cit9 figs-activepassive γενομένης ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 a plot was formed against him by the Jews This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Jews formed a plot against him” or “the Jews formed a secret plan to harm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 3 ah5w figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 by the Jews This means only some of the Jews. Alternate translation: “by some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 3 m7na μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν 1 as he was about to sail for Syria “as he was ready to sail for Syria”
|
||||
ACT 20 3 ah5w figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 by the Jews This means only some of **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “by some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 3 m7na μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν 1 as he was about to sail for Syria “as he was ready to sail to Syria”
|
||||
ACT 20 4 y35x figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Paul ([Acts 20:1](../20/01.md)). All instances of “us” and “we” in the verses that follow refer to the writer and Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 4 c9et συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ 1 Accompanying him “Traveling with him”
|
||||
ACT 20 4 dw6j translate-names Σώπατρος…Πύρρου…Σεκοῦνδος,…Τυχικὸς…Τρόφιμος 1 Sopater…Pyrrhus…Secundus…Tychicus…Trophimus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 4 w4n1 translate-names Βεροιαῖος…Δερβαῖος 1 Berea…Derbe These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 4 c9et συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And accompanying him “And traveling with him”
|
||||
ACT 20 4 dw6j translate-names Σώπατρος…Πύρρου…Σεκοῦνδος,…Τυχικὸς…Τρόφιμος 1 were Sopater of Pyrrhus…Secundus…Tychicus…Trophimus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 4 w4n1 translate-names Βεροιαῖος…Δερβαῖος 1 from Berea…from Derbe These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 4 w8j6 Ἀρίσταρχος…Γάϊος 1 Aristarchus…Gaius These are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||||
ACT 20 5 itz1 translate-names Τρῳάδι 1 Troas This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 5 kv8t οὗτοι…προσελθόντες 1 these men had gone before us “these men had traveled ahead of us”
|
||||
ACT 20 5 kv8t οὗτοι…προσελθόντες 1 they had gone before us “these men had traveled ahead of us”
|
||||
ACT 20 6 l5dr τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the days of unleavened bread This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. See how you translated this in [Acts 12:3](../12/03.md).
|
||||
ACT 20 7 dnt4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 20:4-6](./04.md))
|
||||
ACT 20 7 mbr8 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about Paul’s preaching in Troas and about what happened to Eutychus.
|
||||
ACT 20 7 zff8 figs-synecdoche κλάσαι ἄρτον 1 to break bread Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are (1) this refers simply to eating a meal together. Alternate translation: “eat a meal” or (2) this refers to the meal they would eat together in order to remember Christ’s death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “to eat the Lord’s Supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 7 j888 παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον 1 he kept speaking “he continued to speak”
|
||||
ACT 20 8 ak8z ὑπερῴῳ 1 upper room This may have been the third floor house.
|
||||
ACT 20 7 j888 παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον 1 and so he continued his message “and so he continued to speak”
|
||||
ACT 20 8 ak8z ὑπερῴῳ 1 upper room This may have been the third floor of the house.
|
||||
ACT 20 9 hw7b 0 General Information: Here the word “himself” refers to Paul. The first word “he” refers to Paul; the second word “he” refers to the young man, Eutychus. The word “him” refers to Eutychus.
|
||||
ACT 20 9 v5q7 ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος 1 In the window This was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough on which a person could sit.
|
||||
ACT 20 9 v5q7 ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος 1 on the window This was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough for a person to sit on it.
|
||||
ACT 20 9 ju64 translate-names Εὔτυχος 1 Eutychus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 tsp4 figs-metaphor καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ 1 who fell into a deep sleep This speaks about sleep as if it were a deep hole into which a person could fall. Alternate translation: “who slept soundly” or “who became more and more tired until finally he was sleeping soundly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 abcz κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου 1 overcome by sleep The young man was fell asleep, not Paul.
|
||||
ACT 20 9 jp89 figs-activepassive τριστέγου…καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός 1 third story and was picked up dead When they went down to check his condition, they saw he was dead. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “third story; and when they went to pick him up, they found that he was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 tsp4 figs-metaphor καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ 1 was falling into a deep sleep This speaks about sleep as if it were a deep hole into which a person could fall. Alternate translation: “was sleeping soundly” or “was becoming more and more tired until finally he was sleeping soundly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 abcz κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου 1 having been overcome by sleep The young man was fell asleep, not Paul.
|
||||
ACT 20 9 jp89 figs-activepassive καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός 1 and was picked up dead When they went down to check his condition, they saw he was dead. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and when they went to pick him up, they found that he was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 kh3h τριστέγου 1 third story This means two floors above the ground floor. If your culture does not count the ground floor, you may state this as the “second story.”
|
||||
ACT 20 11 av7m 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 20 11 lih8 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Paul’s preaching at Troas and about Eutychus.
|
||||
ACT 20 11 w5w8 figs-synecdoche κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον 1 broke bread Bread was a common food during meals. Here “break bread” probably means they shared a meal with more kinds of food than just bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 11 t88c οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν 1 he left “he went away”
|
||||
ACT 20 11 w5w8 figs-synecdoche κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον 1 had broken bread Bread was a common food during meals. Here **broken bread** probably means they shared a meal with more kinds of food than just bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 11 t88c οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν 1 In this way, he left “This is what happened as he was going away”
|
||||
ACT 20 12 jkj5 τὸν παῖδα 1 the boy This refers to Eutychus ([Acts 20:9](../20/09.md)). Possible meanings are (1) he was a young man over 14 years old or (2) he was a boy between 9 and 14 years old or (3) the word “boy” implies that he was a servant or a slave.
|
||||
ACT 20 12 abx0 figs-litotes οὐ μετρίως 1 not moderately This is a way of saying that they were greatly comforted. Alternate translation: “greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 20 13 dja7 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “he,” “himself,” and “him” refer to Paul. Here the word “we” refers to the writer and those traveling with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 13 awt9 0 Connecting Statement: The writer Luke, Paul, and his other companions continue their travels; however, Paul goes separately for part of the trip.
|
||||
ACT 20 13 w4ew figs-rpronouns ἡμεῖς…προελθόντες 1 We ourselves went The word “ourselves” adds emphasis and separates Luke and his traveling companions from Paul, who did not travel by boat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 13 q4yz translate-names ἀνήχθημεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἆσσον 1 sailed away to Assos Assos is a town located directly below present day Behram in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 13 nq2q figs-rpronouns διατεταγμένος 1 he himself desired Himself is used to emphasize that this is what Paul wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 13 p8y7 πεζεύειν 1 to go by land “to travel on land”
|
||||
ACT 20 14 ju8f translate-names ἤλθομεν εἰς Μιτυλήνην 1 went to Mitylene Mitylene is a town located in present day Mitilini in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 13 w4ew figs-rpronouns ἡμεῖς…προελθόντες 1 we, having gone ahead The word **we** here refers to Luke and his traveling companions, and not to Paul. Paul did travel on the ship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 13 q4yz translate-names τὴν Ἆσσον 1 Assos Assos is a town located directly below present day Behram in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 13 nq2q figs-rpronouns ἦν μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν 1 ἦν μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν Here **himself** is used to emphasize that this is what Paul wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 13 p8y7 πεζεύειν 1 to go on foot “to walk”
|
||||
ACT 20 14 ju8f translate-names Μιτυλήνην 1 Mitylene Mitylene is a town located in present day Mitilini in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 15 ll2h figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Paul, the writer, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 15 e6va ἄντικρυς Χίου 1 opposite the island “near the island” or “across from the island”
|
||||
ACT 20 15 ulk6 translate-names Χίου 1 the island of Chios Chios is an island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the Aegean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 15 jyr7 παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον 1 we touched at the island of Samos “we arrived at the island of Samos”
|
||||
ACT 20 15 b6c6 translate-names Σάμον 1 island of Samos Samos is an island south of Chios in the Aegean Sea off the coast of modern day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 15 s7g2 translate-names Μίλητον 1 the city of Miletus Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 15 ulk6 translate-names Χίου 1 Chios Chios is an island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the Aegean Sea. Alternate translation: “the island of Chios” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 15 jyr7 παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον 1 we landed at Samos “we arrived at the island of Samos”
|
||||
ACT 20 15 b6c6 translate-names Σάμον 1 Samos Samos is an island south of Chios in the Aegean Sea off the coast of modern day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 15 s7g2 translate-names Μίλητον 1 Miletus Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 16 p272 translate-names κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον 1 For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus Paul sailed south past the port city of Ephesus, further south in order to land at Miletus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 16 p61e figs-metaphor ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι 1 so that he would not spend any time This speaks about “time” as if it were a commodity that a person could spend or use up. Alternate translation: “so that he would not have to remain for a time” or “so that he would not have a delay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 16 p61e figs-metaphor ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι 1 so that he would not spend time This speaks about **time** as if it were a commodity that a person could spend or use up. Alternate translation: “so that he would not have to remain for a time” or “so that he would not have a delay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 17 nw52 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul. The word “our” refers to Paul and the elders to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 17 v9al 0 Connecting Statement: Paul calls the elders of the church of Ephesus and begins to speak to them.
|
||||
ACT 20 17 l9aj translate-names τῆς Μιλήτου 1 Miletus Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. See how you translated this in [Acts 20:15](../20/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 18 b6li figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves Here “yourselves” is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 18 vw6n figs-synecdoche ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν 1 I set foot in Asia Here “foot” stands for the entire person. Alternate translation: “I entered Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 18 t7zs figs-metaphor πῶς μεθ’ ὑμῶν τὸν πάντα χρόνον ἐγενόμην 1 how I always spent my time with you This speaks about time as if it were something that a person could spend. Alternate translation: “how I always conducted myself when I was with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 19 m8x9 figs-metaphor ταπεινοφροσύνης 1 lowliness of mind This speaks about something humble as if it were low to the ground. The word “mind” stands for a person’s inner attitude. Alternate translation: “humility” or “humbleness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 19 wh5m figs-metonymy δακρύων 1 with tears Here “tears” stands for feeling sad and crying. Alternate translation: “I crying as I served the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 19 e6k7 πειρασμῶν, τῶν συμβάντων μοι 1 in sufferings that happened to me “Sufferings” is an abstract noun. The meaning can be expressed as a verb. Alternate Translation: “while I suffered” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
ACT 20 18 b6li figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε 1 You yourselves know Here **yourselves** is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 18 vw6n figs-synecdoche ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν 1 I set foot in Asia Here **foot** stands for the entire person. Alternate translation: “I entered Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 19 wh5m figs-metonymy δακρύων 1 tears Here “tears” stands for feeling sad and crying. Alternate translation: “sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 19 e6k7 πειρασμῶν, τῶν συμβάντων μοι 1 trials that happened to me Here **trials** is an abstract noun. The meaning can be expressed as a verb. Alternate Translation: “while I was tested” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
ACT 20 19 y5iw figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 of the Jews This does not mean every Jew. This lets us know who plotted. Alternate translation: “of some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 20 nu7h ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην…τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 You know how I did not keep back from declaring to you “You know how I was never silent, but I always declared to you”
|
||||
ACT 20 20 kut9 figs-ellipsis κατ’ οἴκους 1 from house to house Paul taught people in various private homes. The words “I taught” are understood. Alternate translation: “I also taught when I was in your homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 20 21 w7mv figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν 1 about repentance toward God and of faith in our Lord Jesus The abstract nouns “repentance” and “faith” can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “that they need to repent before God and believe in our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 20 nu7h ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 how I kept back nothing that was useful which I did not declare to you “how I declared to you everything that was beneficial to you”
|
||||
ACT 20 20 kut9 κατ’ οἴκους 1 according to houses Paul taught people in various private homes. Alternate translation: “in each house” or “in everyone's home”
|
||||
ACT 20 21 w7mv figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν 1 about repentance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus The abstract nouns **repentance** and **faith** can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “that they need to repent before God and believe in our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 22 ty3b 0 General Information: Here the word “I” refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 20 22 vam4 figs-activepassive δεδεμένος…τῷ Πνεύματι 1 compelled by the Spirit They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Spirit compels me to go there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 22 a9j1 τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι, μὴ εἰδώς 1 not knowing what will happen to me there “and I do not know what will happen to me there”
|
||||
ACT 20 23 q3ie figs-metonymy δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν 1 chains and sufferings await me Here “chains” refers to Paul’s being arrested and put in prison. Alternate translation: “people will put me in prison and cause me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 24 w8d2 figs-metaphor ὡς τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 if only I may finish the race and complete the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus This speaks about Paul’s “race” and “ministry” as if they are objects that Jesus gives and Paul receives. Here “race” and “ministry” mean basically the same thing. Paul repeats this for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so that I may complete the work that the Lord Jesus has commanded me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 20 24 m5gc figs-metaphor τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον 1 finish the race Paul speaks about completing the work that Jesus has commanded him to do as if he were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 24 hg3l διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to testify to the gospel of the grace of God “to tell people the good news about God’s grace.” This is the ministry that Paul received from Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 20 22 vam4 figs-activepassive δεδεμένος…τῷ Πνεύματι 1 having been bound by the Spirit They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Spirit compels me to go there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 22 a9j1 τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι, μὴ εἰδώς 1 not knowing what will happen to me in it “and I do not know what will happen to me there” or “not knowing what will happen to me in Jerusalem”
|
||||
ACT 20 23 q3ie figs-metonymy δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν 1 chains and sufferings await me Here **chains** refers to Paul’s being arrested and put in prison. Alternate translation: “people will put me in prison and cause me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 24 w8d2 figs-metaphor ὡς τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 so as to finish my race and the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus This speaks about Paul’s **race** and **ministry** as if they are objects that Jesus gives and Paul receives. Here **race** and **ministry** mean basically the same thing. Paul repeats this for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so that I may complete the work that the Lord Jesus has commanded me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 20 24 m5gc figs-metaphor τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου 1 to finish my race Paul speaks about completing the work that Jesus has commanded him to do as if he were running a **race**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 24 hg3l διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to solemnly testify to the gospel of the grace of God “to tell people what I have personally learned about the good news of God’s grace.” This is the ministry that Paul received from Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 20 25 f1sb 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to talk to the Ephesian elders ([Acts 20:17](../20/17.md)).
|
||||
ACT 20 25 kj9c καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ οἶδα 1 Now look, I know “Now, pay careful attention, because I know”
|
||||
ACT 20 25 kj9c καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ οἶδα 1 And now, behold, I know “And now, pay careful attention, because I know”
|
||||
ACT 20 25 z4ng ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι…ὑμεῖς πάντες 1 I know that you all “I know that all of you”
|
||||
ACT 20 25 aur9 figs-metonymy ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν 1 among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom Here “kingdom” stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “to whom I preached the message about God’s reign as king” or “to whom I preached about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 25 cq45 figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου 1 will see my face no more The word “face” here represents Paul’s physical body. Alternate translation: “will not see me anymore on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 26 e546 figs-metonymy καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων 1 I am innocent of the blood of any man Here “blood” stands for a person’s death, which, in this case, is not physical death but spiritual death when God declares a person guilty of sin. Paul had told them God’s truth. Alternate translation: “I am not responsible for anyone whom God judges guilty of sin because they did not trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 26 v5el figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 any man Here this means any person whether male or female. Alternate translation: “any person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 20 25 aur9 figs-metonymy ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν 1 among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom Here **kingdom** stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “to whom I preached the message about God’s reign as king” or “to whom I preached about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 25 cq45 figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου 1 will see my face no more The word **face** here represents Paul’s physical body. Alternate translation: “will not see me anymore on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 26 e546 figs-metonymy καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων 1 I am innocent from the blood of all Here **blood** stands for a person’s death, which, in this case, is not physical death but spiritual death when God declares a person guilty of sin. Paul had told them God’s truth. Alternate translation: “I am not responsible for anyone whom God judges guilty of sin because they did not trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 26 v5el figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 of all Here this means any person whether male or female. Alternate translation: “of any person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 20 27 qa9y figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι…ὑμῖν 1 For I did not hold back from declaring to you “For I did not keep silent and not tell you.” This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “For I certainly declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 u52d figs-metaphor τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the flock of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be careful to shepherd the church of God Believers are likened to a “flock” of sheep here. Church leaders are entrusted by God with the care of the community of believers just as a shepherd would care for his flock of sheep and protect them from wolves. Alternate translation: “the group of believers the Holy spirit has entrusted to you. Be sure to take care of the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 cx69 figs-metaphor τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood The shedding of the “blood” of Christ here is likened to a payment to God for our sins. Alternate translation: “the people Christ saved from their sins by shedding his blood on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 hjh6 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 his own blood Here “blood” stands for Christ’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 29 ka6u figs-metaphor εἰσελεύσονται…λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου 1 vicious wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock This is a picture of people who teach false doctrine and who harm the community of believers as though they were wolves that eat the sheep of the flock. Alternate translation: “many enemies will come among you and try to harm the community of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 30 ftf4 figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω ἑαυτῶν 1 in order to draw away the disciples after them A false teacher convincing believers to start believing his false teaching is spoken of as if he were leading sheep away from the flock to follow him. Alternate translation: “in order to convince people who are disciples of Christ to become his disciples instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 q2nl γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες 1 be on guard. Remember “be on guard and remember” or “be on guard as you remember”
|
||||
ACT 20 31 ll64 figs-metaphor γρηγορεῖτε 1 be on guard “be awake and alert” or “watch out.” Christian leaders being alert about anyone that may harm the community of believers is spoken of as if they were guards in an army watching out for the enemy army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 pvt6 μνημονεύοντες ὅτι 1 Remember that “Continue to remember that” or “Do not forget that”
|
||||
ACT 20 31 rt1h figs-hyperbole τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν 1 for three years I did not stop instructing…night and day Paul did not teach them continuously for three years, but over the space of three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 hs1m οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν 1 I did not stop instructing “I did not stop warning”
|
||||
ACT 20 31 rvh6 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 with tears Here “tears” refers to Paul’s crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 ylm3 figs-metonymy παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 I entrust you to God and to the word of his grace Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 vnb2 παρατίθεμαι 1 entrust to give someone else the responsibility of taking care of someone or something
|
||||
ACT 20 32 s7rf figs-metaphor τῷ…δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι 1 which is able to build you up A person’s faith becoming stronger is spoken of as if the person were a wall and someone were building him higher and stronger. Alternate translation: “which is able to make become stronger and stronger in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 zvz8 figs-personification δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 to give you the inheritance This speaks about the “word of his grace” as if it were God himself that would give the inheritance to believers. Alternate translation: “God will give you the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 u52d figs-metaphor τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the flock among which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers to shepherd the church of God Believers are likened to a **flock** of sheep here. Church leaders are entrusted by God with the care of the community of believers just as a **shepherd** would care for his flock of sheep and protect them from wolves. Alternate translation: “the group of believers the Holy spirit has entrusted to you. Be sure to take care of the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 cx69 figs-metaphor τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood The shedding of the **blood** of Christ here is likened to a payment to God for our sins. Alternate translation: “the people Christ saved from their sins by shedding his blood on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 hjh6 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 his own blood Here **blood** stands for Christ’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 29 ka6u figs-metaphor εἰσελεύσονται…λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου 1 vicious wolves will come in among you, not sparing the flock This is a picture of people who teach false doctrine and who harm the community of believers as though they were **wolves** that eat the sheep of the **flock**. Alternate translation: “many enemies will come among you and try to harm the community of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 30 ftf4 figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω ἑαυτῶν 1 to draw away the disciples after them A false teacher convincing believers to start believing his false teaching is spoken of as if he were leading sheep away from the flock to follow him. Alternate translation: “in order to convince people who are disciples of Christ to become his disciples instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 q2nl γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες 1 be alert, remembering “be on guard and remember” or “be on guard as you remember”
|
||||
ACT 20 31 ll64 figs-metaphor γρηγορεῖτε 1 be alert “be awake” or “watch out.” Christian leaders being **alert** about anyone that may harm the community of believers is spoken of as if they were guards in an army watching out for the enemy army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 pvt6 μνημονεύοντες ὅτι 1 Remembering that “continuing to remember that” or “ not forgetting that”
|
||||
ACT 20 31 rt1h figs-hyperbole τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν 1 for three years I did not stop admonishing…night and day Paul did not teach them continuously for three years, but over the space of three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 hs1m οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν 1 I did not stop admonishing “I did not stop warning”
|
||||
ACT 20 31 rvh6 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 with tears Here **tears** refers to Paul’s crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 ylm3 figs-metonymy παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 I am entrusting you to God and to the word of his grace Here **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 vnb2 παρατίθεμαι 1 I am entrusting to give someone else the responsibility of taking care of someone or something
|
||||
ACT 20 32 s7rf figs-metaphor τῷ δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι 1 which is able to build you up A person’s faith becoming stronger is spoken of as if the person were a wall and someone were building him higher and stronger. Alternate translation: “which is able to make you become stronger and stronger in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 zvz8 figs-personification δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 to give you the inheritance This speaks about the **word of his grace** as if it were God himself that would give the inheritance to believers. Alternate translation: “God will give you the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 x5jy figs-metaphor τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 the inheritance The blessings that God gives believers is spoken of as if they were money or property that a child inherits from his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 33 y6ii 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to the elders of the church of Ephesus; he began to speak them in [Acts 20:18](../20/18.md).
|
||||
ACT 20 33 yw8a ἀργυρίου…οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα 1 I coveted no man’s silver “I did not desire someone’s silver” or “I did not want for myself anyone’s silver”
|
||||
ACT 20 33 ipq5 ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς 1 man’s silver, gold, or clothing Clothing was considered a treasure; the more you had, the richer you were.
|
||||
ACT 20 34 f5a3 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 You yourselves The word “yourselves” is used here to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 34 ja5v figs-synecdoche ταῖς χρείαις μου…ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται 1 these hands served my own needs The word “hands” here represents the entire person. Alternate translation: “I worked to earn money and pay for my own expenses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 wn8j κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 you should help the weak by working “you should work so as to have money to help people who cannot earn it for themselves”
|
||||
ACT 20 35 p3n8 figs-nominaladj τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 the weak You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: “weak persons” or “those who are weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 20 33 yw8a ἀργυρίου…οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα 1 I coveted no one’s silver “I did not desire anyone’s silver” or “I did not want for myself anyone’s silver”
|
||||
ACT 20 33 ipq5 ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς 1 no one’s silver, gold, or clothing Here **clothing** is considered a treasure; the more you had, the richer you were.
|
||||
ACT 20 34 f5a3 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ γινώσκετε 1 You yourselves know The word **yourselves** is used here to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 34 ja5v figs-synecdoche ταῖς χρείαις μου, καὶ τοῖς…ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται 1 these hands ministered to my needs and to those who The word **hands** here represents the entire person. Alternate translation: “I worked to earn money and pay for my own expenses and for those who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 wn8j κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 it is necessary to work hard to help those who are weak “you should work so as to have money to help people who are in need”
|
||||
ACT 20 35 p3n8 figs-nominaladj τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 those who are weak You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: “weak people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 dpu1 ἀσθενούντων 1 weak “sick”
|
||||
ACT 20 35 ps2i figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the words of the Lord Jesus Here “words” refers to what Jesus has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 ps2i figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the words of the Lord Jesus Here **words** refers to what Jesus has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 e396 μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον, διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν 1 It is more blessed to give than to receive This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people.
|
||||
ACT 20 36 q6bs 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends his time with the elders of the church of Ephesus by praying with them.
|
||||
ACT 20 36 u3uc translate-symaction θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ…προσηύξατο 1 he knelt down and prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. It was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 20 37 pb4r ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου 1 embraced Paul “hugged him closely” or “put their arms around him”
|
||||
ACT 20 37 sze4 κατεφίλουν αὐτόν 1 kissed him Kissing someone on the cheek is an expression of brotherly or friendly love in the Middle East.
|
||||
ACT 20 38 bs3s figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 they would never see his face again The word “face” here represents Paul’s physical body. Alternate translation: “will not see me anymore on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 36 u3uc translate-symaction θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ…προσηύξατο 1 having bowed his knees, he prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. It was a sign of humility before God. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and prayed to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 20 37 pb4r ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου 1 having fallen upon Paul’s neck “having embraced Paul” or “putting their arms around him”
|
||||
ACT 20 37 sze4 κατεφίλουν αὐτόν 1 they were kissing him **Kissing** someone on the cheek is an expression of brotherly or friendly love in the Middle East.
|
||||
ACT 20 38 bs3s figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 they were never going to see his face again The word **face** here represents Paul’s physical body. Alternate translation: “they would not see him anymore on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 intro gh1j 0 # Acts 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Acts 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.<br><br>The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “They are all determined to keep the law”<br><br>The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.<br><br>### Nazarite vow<br>The vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../../act/21/23.md)).<br><br>### Gentiles in the temple<br><br>The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens.
|
||||
ACT 21 1 s3h3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 1 i6f8 0 Connecting Statement: The writer Luke, Paul, and his companions continue their travels.
|
||||
ACT 21 1 zz5h εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν Κῶ 1 we took a straight course to the city of Cos “we went straight to the city of Cos” or “we went directly to the city of Cos”
|
||||
ACT 21 1 e5y6 translate-names Κῶ 1 city of Cos Cos is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 1 p6ss translate-names Ῥόδον 1 city of Rhodes Rhodes is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region south of Cos and northeast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 1 x7kg translate-names Πάταρα 1 city of Patara Patara is a city on the southwest coast of modern day Turkey south of the Aegean Sea in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 2 nz9k figs-metonymy καὶ εὑρόντες πλοῖον διαπερῶν εἰς Φοινίκην 1 When we found a ship crossing over to Phoenicia Here “a ship crossing over” stands for the crew that would sail the ship. Alternate translation: “When we found a ship with a crew sailing over to Phoenicia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 2 vbd3 πλοῖον διαπερῶν 1 a ship crossing over Here “crossing” does not mean it was presently crossing but that it would be crossing to Phoenicia soon. Alternate translation: “a ship that would be going across the water” or “a ship that would be going”
|
||||
ACT 21 1 zz5h εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν Κῶ 1 having run a straight course, we came to Cos “we went straight to the city of Cos” or “we went directly to the city of Cos”
|
||||
ACT 21 1 e5y6 translate-names Κῶ 1 Cos Cos is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 1 p6ss translate-names Ῥόδον 1 Rhodes Rhodes is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region south of Cos and northeast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 1 x7kg translate-names Πάταρα 1 Patara Patara is a city on the southwest coast of modern day Turkey south of the Aegean Sea in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 2 nz9k figs-metonymy καὶ εὑρόντες πλοῖον διαπερῶν εἰς Φοινίκην 1 And when we found a ship crossing over to Phoenicia Here **a ship crossing over** stands for the crew that would sail the ship. Alternate translation: “And when we found a ship with a crew sailing over to Phoenicia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 2 vbd3 πλοῖον διαπερῶν 1 a ship crossing over Here **crossing** does not mean it was presently crossing but that it would be crossing to Phoenicia soon. Alternate translation: “a ship that would be going across the water” or “a ship that would be going”
|
||||
ACT 21 3 er3r figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 3 vkr2 καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον 1 leaving it on the left side of the boat “passed the island on the left” the left is the “port” side of a boat.
|
||||
ACT 21 3 hwx8 figs-metonymy ἐκεῖσε…τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον 1 where the ship was to unload its cargo Here “ship” stands for the crew that was sailing the ship. Alternate translation: “the crew would unload the cargo from the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 4 y35m οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Through the Spirit they kept urging Paul “These believers told Paul what the Holy Spirit had revealed to them.” They “urged him over and over.”
|
||||
ACT 21 3 vkr2 καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον 1 leaving it behind on the left “passed the island on our left” The **left** is the “port” side of a boat.
|
||||
ACT 21 3 hwx8 figs-metonymy ἐκεῖσε…τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον 1 the ship was to unload its cargo there Here **ship** stands for the crew that was sailing the ship. Alternate translation: “the crew would unload the cargo from the ship there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 4 y35m οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Through the Spirit they kept saying to Paul “These believers told Paul what the Holy Spirit had revealed to them, for him”
|
||||
ACT 21 5 fe1u 0 General Information: Here the word “They” refers to the believers from Tyre.
|
||||
ACT 21 5 a5wj figs-metaphor ὅτε…ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 When our days there were over This speaks about days as if they were something that a person could spend. Alternate translation: “When the seven days were over” or “When it was time to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 21 5 q8xl translate-symaction θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι 1 knelt down on the beach, prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. This was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 21 6 ja1x ἀπησπασάμεθα ἀλλήλους 1 said farewell to each other “said goodbye to one another”
|
||||
ACT 21 5 a5wj ὅτε…ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when our days to supply happened “when we had finished taking supplies onto the ship”
|
||||
ACT 21 5 q8xl translate-symaction θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι 1 having knelt down on the shore and having prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. This was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 21 6 ja1x ἀπησπασάμεθα ἀλλήλους 1 we said farewell to each other “we said goodbye to one another”
|
||||
ACT 21 7 hy6e figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 7 kt6u 0 Connecting Statement: This begins Paul’s time in Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 21 7 z4nt translate-names κατηντήσαμεν εἰς Πτολεμαΐδα 1 we arrived at Ptolemais Ptolemaic was a city south of Tyre, Lebanon. Ptolemaic is modern day Acre, Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 7 ff1s τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers “fellow believers”
|
||||
ACT 21 8 ay52 ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 one of the seven The “seven” refers to the men chosen to distribute food and aid to the widows in [Acts 6:5](../06/05.md).
|
||||
ACT 21 8 vi48 εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 evangelist a person who tells people good news
|
||||
ACT 21 9 rcf4 τούτῳ 1 this man “Philip” from verse 8.
|
||||
ACT 21 7 z4nt translate-names Πτολεμαΐδα 1 Ptolemais Ptolemais was a city south of Tyre, Lebanon. Ptolemais is modern day Acre, Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 7 ff1s τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers “the fellow believers”
|
||||
ACT 21 8 ay52 ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 from the seven The **seven** refers to the men chosen to distribute food and aid to the widows in [Acts 6:5](../06/05.md).
|
||||
ACT 21 8 vi48 εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 evangelist a person who tells people the good news about Jesus
|
||||
ACT 21 9 rcf4 τούτῳ 1 this man “Philip” from verse 8
|
||||
ACT 21 9 cv8b writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about Philip and his daughters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 21 9 r1i1 θυγατέρες τέσσαρες παρθένοι, προφητεύουσαι 1 four virgin daughters who prophesied “four virgin daughters who regularly received and passed along messages from God”
|
||||
ACT 21 9 r1i1 θυγατέρες τέσσαρες παρθένοι, προφητεύουσαι 1 four virgin daughters who prophesy “four virgin daughters who regularly receive and pass along messages from God”
|
||||
ACT 21 10 fe6s figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “we” and “us” refers to Luke, Paul, and those with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 10 hx8k 0 Connecting Statement: This tells about a prophecy made about Paul in Caesarea by the prophet Agabus.
|
||||
ACT 21 10 n3i8 writing-participants τις…προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 a certain prophet named Agabus This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 21 10 f9cb translate-names ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 named Agabus Agabus was a man from Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8t2 ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου 1 took Paul’s belt “removed Paul’s belt from Paul’s waist”
|
||||
ACT 21 11 nq2y figs-quotesinquotes τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. 1 Thus says the Holy Spirit, ‘So shall the Jews in Jerusalem tie up…of the Gentiles.’ This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “‘The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up…of the Gentiles.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 10 f9cb translate-names Ἅγαβος 1 Agabus Agabus was a man from Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8t2 ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου 1 taken Paul’s belt “removed Paul’s belt from Paul’s waist”
|
||||
ACT 21 11 nq2y figs-quotesinquotes τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. 1 Thus says the Holy Spirit, ‘So the Jews in Jerusalem will bind the man who owns this belt, and they will hand him over into the hands of the Gentiles This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “‘The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will bind the man who owns this belt, and they will hand him over into the hands of the Gentiles.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8u7 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This does not mean all the Jews, but that these were the people who would do that. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” or “some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 zvw8 παραδώσουσιν 1 hand him over “deliver him”
|
||||
ACT 21 11 s92d figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν 1 into the hands of the Gentiles The word “hands” here represents control. Alternate translation: “into the legal custody of the Gentiles” or “to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 b59g figs-synecdoche ἐθνῶν 1 the Gentiles This stands for the authorities among the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “the Gentile authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 zvw8 παραδώσουσιν 1 they will hand him over “they will deliver him”
|
||||
ACT 21 11 s92d figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν 1 into the hands of the Gentiles The word **hands** here represents control. Alternate translation: “into the legal custody of the Gentiles” or “to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 b59g figs-synecdoche ἐθνῶν 1 of the Gentiles This stands for the authorities among the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “of the Gentile authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 12 fvh4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke and the other believers but does not include the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 uwt2 figs-rquestion τί ποιεῖτε, κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν 1 What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart Paul asks this question to show the believers they should stop trying to persuade him. Alternate translation: “Stop what you are doing. Your weeping is breaking my heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 bj76 figs-metaphor συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν 1 breaking my heart To make someone sad or to discourage someone is spoken of as if it were a heart being broken. Here “heart” stands for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “discouraging me” or “making me very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 p5e5 figs-activepassive οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι 1 not only to be tied up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “not only for them to tie me up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 q35x figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 for the name of the Lord Jesus Here “name” refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the Lord Jesus” or “because I believe in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 hwc5 figs-activepassive μὴ πειθομένου…αὐτοῦ 1 Paul would not be persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul would not allow us to persuade him” or “We were unable to persuade Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 zl98 figs-ellipsis πειθομένου 1 persuaded You may need to make explicit what they could not persuade Paul not to do. Alternate translation: “persuaded not to go up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 as1i figs-activepassive τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω 1 May the will of the Lord be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May everything happen as the Lord has planned it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 uwt2 figs-rquestion τί ποιεῖτε, κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν? 1 What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart? Paul asks this question to show the believers they should stop trying to persuade him. Alternate translation: “Stop what you are doing. Your weeping is breaking my heart!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 bj76 figs-metaphor συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν 1 breaking my heart To make someone sad or to discourage someone is spoken of as if it were a heart being broken. Here **heart** stands for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “discouraging me” or “making me very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 p5e5 figs-activepassive οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι 1 not only to be bound This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “not only for them to tie me up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 q35x figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 for the name of the Lord Jesus Here **name** refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the Lord Jesus” or “because I believe in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 hwc5 figs-activepassive μὴ πειθομένου…αὐτοῦ 1 he would not be persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul would not allow us to persuade him” or “we were unable to persuade Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 zl98 figs-ellipsis μὴ πειθομένου 1 would not be persuaded You may need to make explicit what they could not persuade Paul not to do. Alternate translation: “would not be persuaded not to go up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 as1i figs-activepassive τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω 1 Let the will of the Lord happen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May everything happen as the Lord has planned it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 15 p5fm figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, and not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 15 p5fl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “They” refers to some of the disciples from Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 21 15 kd5l 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul’s time in Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 21 16 k9kr ἄγοντες παρ’…τινι 1 They brought with them a man “Among them was a man”
|
||||
ACT 21 16 zd9i translate-names Μνάσωνί, τινι Κυπρίῳ 1 Mnason, a man from Cyprus Mnason is a man from the island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 16 k9kr παρ’ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν Μνάσωνί, τινι Κυπρίῳ ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ 1 to Mnason, a certain early disciple from Cyprus, with whom we would stay The disciples from Caesarea knew **Mnason** and led Paul and Silas to his house where they would spend the night.
|
||||
ACT 21 16 zd9i translate-names Μνάσωνί…Κυπρίῳ 1 Mnason…from Cyprus Mnason is a man from the island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 16 c7r2 ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ 1 an early disciple This means Mnason was one of the first to believe in Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 21 17 zpa7 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “his” refers to Paul. The word “them” refers to the elders.
|
||||
ACT 21 17 wz34 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and his companions arrive in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 21 17 d3gj figs-gendernotations ἀπεδέξαντο ἡμᾶς οἱ ἀδελφοί 1 the brothers welcomed us Here “brothers” refers to the believers in Jerusalem whether male or female. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 19 bx9e ἐξηγεῖτο καθ’ ἓν ἕκαστον 1 he reported one by one “he gave a detailed account of all”
|
||||
ACT 21 17 d3gj figs-gendernotations ἀπεδέξαντο ἡμᾶς οἱ ἀδελφοί 1 the brothers welcomed us Here **brothers** refers to the believers in Jerusalem whether male or female. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 19 bx9e ἐξηγεῖτο καθ’ ἓν ἕκαστον 1 he reported according to each thing “he gave a detailed account of everything”
|
||||
ACT 21 20 zks9 0 Connecting Statement: The elders in Jerusalem begin their response to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 21 20 a1hk οἱ…ἀκούσαντες…ἐδόξαζον…εἶπόν τε αὐτῷ 1 they heard…they praised…they said to him Here the word “they” refers to James and the elders. The word “him” refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 21 20 xki4 ἀδελφέ 1 brother Here “brother” means “fellow believer.”
|
||||
ACT 21 20 c5pu ὑπάρχουσιν 1 They are The word “they” refers to Jewish believers who wanted all believing Jews to keep the Jewish laws and customs.
|
||||
ACT 21 21 pyg8 figs-explicit κατηχήθησαν δὲ περὶ σοῦ, ὅτι ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως τοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντας Ἰουδαίους, λέγων μὴ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα, μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν 1 They have been told about you…not to follow the old customs Apparently here there are some Jews that are distorting what Paul is teaching. He does not discourage the Jews from obeying the law of Moses. His message is that circumcision and the other customs are not necessary for Jesus to save them. You can make explicit that the leaders of the Jewish believers in Jerusalem knew that Paul was teaching God’s true message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 e5s4 figs-activepassive κατηχήθησαν 1 They have been told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People have told the Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 sdl3 figs-metonymy ἀποστασίαν…ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως 1 to abandon Moses Here “Moses” stands for the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the laws that Moses gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 knt4 figs-metaphor μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν 1 not to follow the old customs To obey the old customs is spoken of as if the customs were leading them and the people follow behind. Alternate translation: “not to obey the old customs” or “not to practice the old customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 u56t τοῖς ἔθεσιν 1 the old customs “the customs that Jews normally do”
|
||||
ACT 21 20 a1hk οἱ…ἀκούσαντες…ἐδόξαζον…εἶπόν τε αὐτῷ 1 when they heard it…they glorified…and said to him Here each instance of the word **they** refers to James and the elders. The word **him** refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 21 20 xki4 ἀδελφέ 1 brother Here **brother** means “fellow believer.”
|
||||
ACT 21 20 c5pu ὑπάρχουσιν 1 they are The word **they** refers to Jewish believers who wanted all believing Jews to keep the Jewish laws and customs.
|
||||
ACT 21 21 pyg8 figs-explicit κατηχήθησαν δὲ περὶ σοῦ, ὅτι ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως τοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντας Ἰουδαίους, λέγων μὴ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα, μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν 1 And they have been told about you, that you teach apostasy from Moses to all the Jews who are among the Gentiles, telling them not to circumcise their children, nor to walk in the customs Apparently here there are some Jews that are distorting what Paul is teaching. He does not discourage the Jews from obeying the law of Moses. His message is that circumcision and the other customs are not necessary for Jesus to save them. You can make explicit that the leaders of the Jewish believers in Jerusalem knew that Paul was teaching God’s true message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 e5s4 figs-activepassive κατηχήθησαν 1 they have been told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people have told the Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 sdl3 figs-metonymy ἀποστασίαν…ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως 1 apostasy from Moses Here **Moses** stands for the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “rebellion against the Law of Moses” or “to stop obeying the laws that Moses gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 knt4 figs-metaphor μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν 1 not to walk in the customs To obey **the customs** is spoken of as if the customs were a path that people could **walk** along. Alternate translation: “and not to obey the customs” or “and not to practice the customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 u56t τοῖς ἔθεσιν 1 in the customs “do the things that Jews normally do”
|
||||
ACT 21 22 b28b figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to James and the elders ([Acts 21:18](../21/18.md)). The word “They” refers to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses ([Acts 21:20-21](./20.md)). The words “them,” “their,” and the first “they” refer to the four men who made a vow. The second words “they” and “They” refer to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 23 b22r ἄνδρες τέσσαρες, εὐχὴν ἔχοντες 1 four men who made a vow “four men who made a promise to God.” This was the kind of vow where a person would not drink alcohol or cut his hair until the end of a set period of time.
|
||||
ACT 21 24 km4w figs-explicit τούτους παραλαβὼν, ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 Take these men and purify yourself with them They had to make themselves ritually pure so they could worship in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 c3ap figs-explicit δαπάνησον ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς 1 pay their expenses for them “pay for what they will need.” The expenses would go toward buying a male and female lamb, a ram, and grain and drink offerings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 abq6 translate-symaction ξυρήσονται τὴν κεφαλήν 1 they may shave their heads This was a sign that the person had completed what they promised God they would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 nu9v figs-activepassive ὧν κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ 1 the things they have been told about you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that people are saying about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 sv6i figs-metaphor φυλάσσων τὸν νόμον 1 follow the law This speaks of obeying the law as if the law were a leader and the people follow behind it. Alternate translation: “obey the law” or “live a life that conforms to the law of Moses and other Jewish customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 21 23 b22r ἡμῖν ἄνδρες τέσσαρες, εὐχὴν ἔχοντες ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 four men with us having a vow from themselves “four men who have made a promise to God.” This was the kind of vow where a person would not drink alcohol or cut his hair until the end of a set period of time.
|
||||
ACT 21 24 km4w figs-explicit τούτους παραλαβὼν, ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 Having taken these men, be purified with them They had to make themselves ritually pure so they could worship in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 c3ap figs-explicit δαπάνησον ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς 1 pay the expenses for them “pay for what they will need.” The expenses would go toward buying a male and female lamb, a ram, and grain and drink offerings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 abq6 translate-symaction ξυρήσονται τὴν κεφαλήν 1 they will shave their heads This was a sign that the person had completed what they promised God they would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 nu9v figs-activepassive ὧν κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ 1 what they have been told about you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that people are saying about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 sv6i figs-metaphor στοιχεῖς καὶ αὐτὸς, φυλάσσων τὸν νόμον 1 you yourself walk in and obey the law This speaks of obeying the law as if **the law** were a path and people can **walk** along it. Alternate translation: “live a life that conforms to the law of Moses and other Jewish customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 21 25 c4kl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to James and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 25 cqm9 0 Connecting Statement: James and the elders in Jerusalem finish their request to Paul ([Acts 21:18](../21/18.md)).
|
||||
ACT 21 25 a35u figs-explicit φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς, τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον, καὶ αἷμα, καὶ πνικτὸν 1 they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols, from blood, from what is strangled All of these are rules about what they can eat. They are forbidden to eat meat of animals sacrificed to an idol, meat with blood still in it, and meat from a strangled animal because it would still have blood in the meat. See how you translated similar phrases in [Acts 15:20](../15/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 25 bpb5 figs-activepassive φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς, τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον 1 they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they stay away from the meat of an animal that someone sacrificed to an idol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 25 a35u figs-explicit φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς, τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον, καὶ αἷμα, καὶ πνικτὸν 1 to keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols, and from blood, and from what is strangled All of these are rules about what they can eat. They are forbidden to eat meat of animals sacrificed to an idol, meat with blood still in it, and meat from a strangled animal because it would still have blood in the meat. See how you translated similar phrases in [Acts 15:20](../15/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 25 bpb5 figs-activepassive φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς, τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον 1 to keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to stay away from the meat of an animal that someone sacrificed to an idol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 25 wjd2 figs-explicit πνικτὸν 1 from what is strangled This can be stated in active form. You can also state explicitly the assumed information about strangled animals. Alternate translation: “from animals that a person has strangled” or “from animals that a person killed for food but did not drain its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 26 cr14 παραλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας 1 took the men These are the 4 men who made a vow.
|
||||
ACT 21 26 s8z9 σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς 1 purifying himself with them Before entering the temple area the Jews were required to be ceremonially or ritually clean. This cleansing had to do with Jews having contact with Gentiles.
|
||||
ACT 21 26 cr14 παραλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας 1 having taken the men These are the four men who made a vow.
|
||||
ACT 21 26 s8z9 σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς 1 having been purified with them Before entering the temple area the Jews were required to be ceremonially or ritually clean. This cleansing had to do with Jews having contact with Gentiles.
|
||||
ACT 21 26 xu9r figs-synecdoche εἰσῄει εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 went into the temple They did not go into the temple itself where only the high priest was allowed to enter. They entered the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “went into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 26 pvy3 τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ 1 the days of purification This is a separate purification process from the purification process which they were required to fulfill in order to enter the temple area.
|
||||
ACT 21 26 gc23 figs-activepassive ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη…ἡ προσφορά 1 until the offering was offered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until they presented the animals for an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 26 pvy3 τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ 1 of the days of purification This is a separate purification process from the purification process which they were required to fulfill in order to enter the temple area.
|
||||
ACT 21 26 gc23 figs-activepassive ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη…ἡ προσφορά 1 until the offering which was offered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until they presented the animals for an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 27 l3bg 0 General Information: Verse 29 gives background information about the Jews from Asia.
|
||||
ACT 21 27 p4gi 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the story of Paul’s arrest.
|
||||
ACT 21 27 j9zm αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι 1 the seven days These are the seven days for purification.
|
||||
ACT 21 27 k4l1 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Paul was not in the temple itself. He was in the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 27 u942 figs-metaphor συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον 1 stirred up the whole crowd Inciting people to become very angry at Paul is spoken of as if they stirred up the crowd’s emotions. Alternate translation: “caused a large number of people to be very angry at Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 21 27 mks6 figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 laid hands on him Here “laid hands on” means to “seize” or to “grab.” See how you translated “laid hands on” in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: “grabbed Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 21 28 sfg3 τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τοῦ νόμου, καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου 1 the people, the law, and this place “the people of Israel, the law of Moses, and the temple”
|
||||
ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit ἔτι τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Besides, he has also brought Greeks into the temple Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 29 t2z7 writing-background ἦσαν γὰρ προεωρακότες Τρόφιμον τὸν Ἐφέσιον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῷ, ὃν ἐνόμιζον ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Παῦλος 1 For they had previously…into the temple This is background information. Luke is explaining why the Jews from Asia thought Paul brought a Greek into the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 21 27 mks6 figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 laid their hands on him Here **laid their hands on** means to “seize” or to “grab.” See how you translated **laid hands on** in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: “seized Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 21 28 sfg3 τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τοῦ νόμου, καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου 1 the people, and the law, and this place “the people of Israel, and the law of Moses, and the temple”
|
||||
ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit ἔτι τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 And besides, he has both brought Greeks into the temple Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 29 t2z7 writing-background ἦσαν γὰρ προεωρακότες Τρόφιμον τὸν Ἐφέσιον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῷ, ὃν ἐνόμιζον ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Παῦλος 1 For they had previously seen Trophimus the Ephesian with him in the city, whom they thought that Paul brought into the temple This is background information. Luke is explaining why the Jews from Asia thought Paul brought a Greek into the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 21 29 h1uu Τρόφιμον 1 Trophimus This was a Greek man that they accused Paul of having brought into the inner temple area that was only for Jews. See how you translated his name in [Acts 20:4](../20/04.md).
|
||||
ACT 21 30 upl8 figs-hyperbole ἐκινήθη τε ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 All the city was excited The word “All” here is an exaggeration for emphasis. The word “city” represents the people in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Many people in the city became angry at Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 30 x2sx ἐπιλαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου 1 laid hold of Paul “seized Paul” or “grabbed Paul”
|
||||
ACT 21 30 xd6r figs-explicit εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were immediately shut They shut the doors so that there would not be rioting in the temple area. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews immediately shut the temple doors” or “The temple guards immediately shut the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 31 d6vt figs-metonymy ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης 1 news came up to the chief captain of the guard Here “news” refers to the messenger who went to speak the news. Alternate translation: “someone gave news to the chief captain of the guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 31 hu5r ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 news came up to the chief captain The phrase “came up to” is used because the chief captain was in a fortress connected to the temple that was higher in elevation than the temple courtyard.
|
||||
ACT 21 31 p85a τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 the chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 21 31 u65r figs-hyperbole ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 all Jerusalem was in an uproar The word “Jerusalem” here represents the people of Jerusalem. The word “all” is an exaggeration to show a large crowd was upset. Alternate translation: “a lot of people in Jerusalem were in an uproar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 30 upl8 figs-hyperbole ἐκινήθη τε ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 And the whole city was stirred up The word **whole** here is an exaggeration for emphasis. The word **city** represents the people in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “And many people in the city became angry at Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 30 x2sx ἐπιλαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου 1 having laid hold of Paul “having seized Paul” or “after they grabbed Paul”
|
||||
ACT 21 30 xd6r figs-explicit εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were immediately shut They shut the doors so that there would not be rioting in the temple area. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews immediately shut the temple doors” or “the temple guards immediately shut the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 31 d6vt figs-metonymy ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης 1 a report came up to the commander of the guard Here **report** refers to the messenger who went to speak the report. Alternate translation: “someone gave news to the commander of the guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 31 hu5r ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 a report came up to the commander The phrase **came up to** is used because the commander was in a fortress connected to the temple that was higher in elevation than the temple courtyard.
|
||||
ACT 21 31 p85a τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 to the commander a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 21 31 u65r figs-hyperbole ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 all Jerusalem was stirred up The word **Jerusalem** here represents the people of Jerusalem. The word **all** is an exaggeration to show a large crowd was upset. Alternate translation: “a lot of people in Jerusalem were in an uproar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 32 j81t 0 General Information: The first word “he” and the word “He” refer to the chief captain of the guard mentioned in [Acts 21:31](../21/31.md).
|
||||
ACT 21 32 dgz5 κατέδραμεν 1 ran down From the fortress, there are stairs going down into the court.
|
||||
ACT 21 32 e4rj τὸν χιλίαρχον 1 the chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 21 33 w28u ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ 1 laid hold of Paul “took hold of Paul” or “arrested Paul”
|
||||
ACT 21 32 e4rj τὸν χιλίαρχον 1 the commander a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 21 33 w28u ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ 1 laid hold of him “took hold of Paul” or “arrested Paul”
|
||||
ACT 21 33 zi4l figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσε δεθῆναι 1 commanded him to be bound This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “commanded his soldiers to bind him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 33 xd9w ἁλύσεσι δυσί 1 with two chains This means they bound Paul to two Roman soldiers, one on each side of him.
|
||||
ACT 21 33 y6zw figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς 1 he asked who he was and what he had done. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “He asked, ‘Who is this man? What has he done?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 33 fi22 ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη 1 he asked who he was The chief captain is speaking to the crowd, not to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 21 34 pci2 figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι 1 and others another The words “were shouting” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and others were shouting another” or “and others in the crowd were shouting something else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 21 34 k35e αὐτοῦ 1 the captain This was a military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers.
|
||||
ACT 21 34 qcc6 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 he ordered that Paul be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to bring Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 33 y6zw figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς 1 he asked who he is and what it is that he had done. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “He asked, ‘Who is this man? What has he done?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 33 fi22 ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη 1 he asked who he is The commander is speaking to the crowd, not to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 21 34 k35e αὐτοῦ 1 he This refers to the commander.
|
||||
ACT 21 34 qcc6 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanded that he be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to bring Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 34 w2qj εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 into the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court.
|
||||
ACT 21 35 h9n7 figs-activepassive ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς, συνέβη βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 When he came to the steps, he was carried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When Paul came to the steps of the fortress, the soldiers carried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 35 h9n7 figs-activepassive ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς, συνέβη βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 But when he came to the steps, he had to be carried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But when Paul came to the steps of the fortress, the soldiers had to carry him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 36 kax6 figs-euphemism αἶρε αὐτόν 1 Away with him The crowd is using somewhat milder and less exact language to ask for Paul’s death. Alternate translation: “Put him to death” or “Kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ACT 21 37 j9xk figs-activepassive μέλλων τε εἰσάγεσθαι 1 As Paul was about to be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “As the soldiers were ready to bring Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 37 j9xk figs-activepassive μέλλων τε εἰσάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν, ὁ Παῦλος 1 And as Paul was about to be brought into the fortress This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “As the soldiers were ready to bring Paul inside the fortress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 37 qp63 τὴν παρεμβολὴν 1 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 21 37 inl1 τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 the chief captain a Roman military officer of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 21 37 p5cd figs-rquestion Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις 1 The captain said, “Do you speak Greek? The chief captain uses this questions to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Alternate translation: “So you speak Greek.” or “I didn’t know you spoke Greek.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 xx2w figs-rquestion οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος, ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἀναστατώσας καὶ ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων 1 Are you not then the Egyptian…wilderness? The chief captain uses this question and the question “Do you speak Greek?” (verse 37) to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Possible meanings are (1) as in ULT, the chief captain believes that even though Paul speaks Greek, Paul is the Egyptian. “Even though you speak Greek, I still think you are the Egyptian…wilderness.” (2) Because Paul speaks Greek, the chief captain thinks that perhaps Paul is not the Egyptian. “So you speak Greek. Perhaps I was wrong to think you were that Egyptian…wilderness.” It is best to retain the questions if the reader can infer one of the two meanings from them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 21 37 inl1 τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 to the commander a Roman military officer of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 21 37 p5cd figs-rquestion Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις? 1 Do you know Greek? The commander uses this questions to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Alternate translation: “So you speak Greek.” or “I didn’t know you spoke Greek.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 xx2w figs-rquestion οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος, ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἀναστατώσας καὶ ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων? 1 Are you not then the Egyptian who before this day revolted and led the four thousand men of the ‘Assassins’ out into the wilderness? The commander uses this question and the question “Do you speak Greek?” (verse 37) to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Possible meanings are (1) as in ULT, the commander believes that even though Paul speaks Greek, Paul is the Egyptian. “Even though you speak Greek, I still think you are the Egyptian who before this day revolted and led the four thousand men of the ‘Assassins’ out into the wilderness.” (2) Because Paul speaks Greek, the commander thinks that perhaps Paul is not the Egyptian. “So you speak Greek. Perhaps I was wrong to think you were that Egyptian who before this day revolted and led the four thousand men of the ‘Assassins’ out into the wilderness.” It is best to retain the questions if the reader can infer one of the two meanings from them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 nxs6 figs-explicit οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος 1 Are you not then the Egyptian Shortly before Paul’s visit, an unnamed man from Egypt had launched a revolt against Rome in Jerusalem. Later he escaped into the wilderness and the commander wonders if Paul might be the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 lwi4 figs-abstractnouns ἀναστατώσας 1 started a rebellion This word “rebellion” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “caused people to rebel against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 tqh6 translate-numbers τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας 1 the four thousand men “the 4,000 terrorists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 p2ym σικαρίων 1 Assassins This refers to a group of Jewish rebels who killed Romans and anyone who supported Romans.
|
||||
ACT 21 38 tqh6 translate-numbers τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας 1 the 4,000 men “the four thousand terrorists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 p2ym τῶν σικαρίων 1 of the ‘Assassins’ This refers to a group of Jewish rebels who killed Romans and anyone who supported Romans.
|
||||
ACT 21 39 t6ax 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to defend what he did.
|
||||
ACT 21 39 ys84 δέομαι…σου 1 I ask you “I beg you” or “I plead with you”
|
||||
ACT 21 39 a139 ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 1 allow me “please allow me” or please permit me”
|
||||
ACT 21 40 qp2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπιτρέψαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 the captain had given him permission The word “permission” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “the captain permitted Paul to speak” or “the captain allowed Paul to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 21 40 a4y2 ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν 1 Paul stood on the steps The word “steps” here refers to the steps on the stairway to the fortress.
|
||||
ACT 21 40 rk1y figs-explicit κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 motioned with the hand to the people It can be stated explicitly why Paul motioned with the hand. Alternate translation: “motioned with his hand for the people to be quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 40 xj6i πολλῆς δὲ σιγῆς γενομένης 1 When there was a deep silence “When the people were completely silent”
|
||||
ACT 21 40 qp2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπιτρέψαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he had given him permission The word **permission** can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when the commander permitted him to speak” or “after the commander allowed him to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 21 40 a4y2 ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν 1 Paul, standing on the steps The word **steps** here refers to the steps on the stairway to the fortress.
|
||||
ACT 21 40 rk1y figs-explicit κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 motioned with his hand to the people It can be stated explicitly why Paul motioned with the hand. Alternate translation: “motioned with his hand for the people to be quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 40 xj6i πολλῆς δὲ σιγῆς γενομένης 1 And when there was a deep silence “And when the people were completely silent”
|
||||
ACT 22 intro gq5g 0 # Acts 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the second account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “In the Hebrew language”<br><br>Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.<br><br>### “The Way”<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.
|
||||
ACT 22 1 kq95 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 2 gives background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 22 1 a8ir 0 Connecting Statement: Paul speaks to the Jewish crowd in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 22 1 xe46 ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 Brothers and fathers This is a polite way of addressing men who are Paul’s age as well as the older men in the audience.
|
||||
ACT 22 1 pe8t μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ 1 I now make to you “I will now explain to you” or “I will now present to you”
|
||||
ACT 22 2 b4sk τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ 1 the Hebrew language The Hebrew language was the language of the Jews.
|
||||
ACT 22 1 xe46 ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 brothers, and fathers This is a polite way of addressing men who are Paul’s age as well as the older men in the audience.
|
||||
ACT 22 1 pe8t ἀκούσατέ μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ 1 listen to my defense to you now “I will now explain to you what I have done” or “please listen as I tell you my story ”
|
||||
ACT 22 2 b4sk τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ 1 in the Hebrew language The Hebrew language was the language of the Jews.
|
||||
ACT 22 3 g311 figs-activepassive ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ 1 but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but I was a student of rabbi Gamaliel here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 d4dx figs-metonymy παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ 1 at the feet of Gamaliel Here “feet” stands for the place where a student would sit while learning from a teacher. Alternate translation: “by Gamaliel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 b1dq Γαμαλιήλ 1 Gamaliel Gamaliel was one of the most prominent teachers of the Jewish law. See how you translated this name in [Acts 5:34](../05/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 22 3 iz4g figs-activepassive πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου 1 I was instructed according to the strict ways of the law of our fathers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He instructed me how to carefully obey every law of our forefathers” or “The instruction I received followed the exact details of the law of our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 lqk7 πατρῴου νόμου 1 law of our fathers “law of our ancestors.” This refers to the law that God gave to the people of Israel through Moses.
|
||||
ACT 22 3 a8d6 ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I am zealous for God “I am completely dedicated to obeying God” or “I am passionate about my service to God”
|
||||
ACT 22 3 d4dx figs-metonymy παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ 1 at the feet of Gamaliel Here **feet** stands for the place where a student would sit while learning from a teacher. Alternate translation: “by Gamaliel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 b1dq Γαμαλιήλ 1 of Gamaliel Gamaliel was one of the most prominent teachers of the Jewish law. See how you translated this name in [Acts 5:34](../05/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 22 3 iz4g figs-activepassive πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου 1 instructed according to the strict ways of the law of our fathers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he instructed me how to carefully obey every law of our forefathers” or “the instruction I received followed the exact details of the law of our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 lqk7 τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου 1 of the law of our fathers “of the law of our ancestors.” This refers to the law that God gave to the people of Israel through Moses.
|
||||
ACT 22 3 a8d6 ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 being zealous for God “I am completely dedicated to obeying God” or “I am passionate about my service to God”
|
||||
ACT 22 3 dbl4 καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον 1 just as all of you are today “in the same way all of you are today.” Paul compares himself with the crowd.
|
||||
ACT 22 4 jy3z figs-metonymy ὃς ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα 1 I persecuted this Way Here “this Way” represents the people who belonged to the group called “the Way.” Alternate translation: “I persecuted the people who belonged to this Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 22 4 jy3z figs-metonymy ὃς ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα 1 I persecuted this Way Here **this Way** represents the people who belonged to the group called “the Way.” Alternate translation: “I persecuted the people who belonged to this Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 22 4 bk4c ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν 1 this Way This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated “the Way” in [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md).
|
||||
ACT 22 4 dr8c figs-abstractnouns ἄχρι θανάτου 1 to the death The word “death” can be translated with the verb “kill” or “die.” Alternate translation: “and I looked for ways to kill them” or “and I even caused them to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 4 zd2r δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς, ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας 1 binding up and delivering them to prison both men and women “tying up both men and women and taking them to prison”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 v2km μαρτυρεῖ 1 can bear witness “can testify” or “can tell you”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 i45u παρ’ ὧν…ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος 1 I received letters from them “The high priests and elders gave me letters”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 in72 πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, εἰς Δαμασκὸν 1 for the brothers in Damascus Here “brothers” refers to “fellow Jews.”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 y82b ἄξων…τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας, δεδεμένους εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 to bring them back in bonds to Jerusalem “They ordered me to bind with chains those of the Way and bring them back to Jerusalem”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 ht9f figs-activepassive ἵνα τιμωρηθῶσιν 1 in order for them to be punished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in order that they may receive punishment” or “in order that the Jewish authorities could punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 4 dr8c figs-abstractnouns ἄχρι θανάτου 1 as far as death The word **death** can be translated with the verb “kill” or “die.” Alternate translation: “and I looked for ways to kill them” or “to the point of killing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 4 zd2r δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς, ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας 1 binding and delivering to prison both men and women “tying up both men and women and taking them to prison”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 v2km μαρτυρεῖ 1 testifies “can testify” or “can tell you”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 i45u παρ’ ὧν καὶ ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος 1 from whom also having received letters “who also gave me letters”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 in72 πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, εἰς Δαμασκὸν 1 for the brothers in Damascus Here **brothers** refers to “fellow Jews.”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 y82b ἄξων…τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας, δεδεμένους εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 to bring back in bonds to Jerusalem those who were there “to bind with chains those of the Way and bring them back to Jerusalem”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 ht9f figs-activepassive ἵνα τιμωρηθῶσιν 1 in order that they might be punished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in order that they may receive punishment” or “in order that the Jewish authorities could punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 6 pe9s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul describes his encounter with Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 22 6 w4l7 ἐγένετο δέ 1 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 22 7 d6nd figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι 1 heard a voice say to me Here “voice” stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: “I heard someone say to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 9 h95h figs-synecdoche τὴν…φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι 1 they did not understand the voice of him who spoke to me Here “voice” stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: “they did not understand what the one who spoke to me was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 10 a91a figs-activepassive κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται 1 there you will be told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there someone will tell you” or “there you will find out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 11 n1kb οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου 1 I could not see because of that light’s brightness “I was left blind because of that light’s brightness”
|
||||
ACT 22 11 n2n1 figs-synecdoche χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασκόν 1 being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus Here “hands” stands for those leading Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those with me guided me into Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 6 w4l7 ἐγένετο δέ μοι 1 It happened to me that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 22 7 d6nd figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι 1 heard a voice saying to me Here **voice** stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: “I heard someone say to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 9 h95h figs-synecdoche τὴν…φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι 1 they did not understand the voice of the one who was speaking to me Here **voice** stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: “they did not understand what the one who spoke to me was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 10 a91a figs-activepassive κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται 1 and there you will be told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there someone will tell you” or “there you will find out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 11 n1kb οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου 1 I could not see because of the glory of that light “I was left blind because of that light’s brightness”
|
||||
ACT 22 11 n2n1 figs-synecdoche χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασκόν 1 being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus Here **hands** stands for those leading Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those with me guided me into Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 12 a17q 0 General Information: The words “He” and “him” refer to Ananias.
|
||||
ACT 22 12 h5bh translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias Though this is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md), you may translate it the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 22 12 z1g3 ἀνὴρ εὐλαβὴς κατὰ τὸν νόμον 1 devout man according to the law Ananias was very serious about following God’s law.
|
||||
ACT 22 12 e7uw figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων 1 well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Jews who lived there spoke well of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 un4g Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ 1 Brother Saul Here “Brother” is a polite way to address someone. Alternate translation: “My friend Saul”
|
||||
ACT 22 13 x3kc figs-abstractnouns ἀνάβλεψον 1 receive your sight The word”sight” can be translated with the verb “see.” Alternate translation: “see again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 In that very hour This was a customary way of saying something happened immediately. Alternate translation: “At that instant” or “Instantly” or “Immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 22 12 z1g3 ἀνὴρ εὐλαβὴς κατὰ τὸν νόμον 1 a devout man according to the law Ananias was very serious about following God’s law.
|
||||
ACT 22 12 e7uw figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων 1 being testified to by all the Jews who lived there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “having a good reputation among all the Jews who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 un4g Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ 1 Saul, brother Here **brother** is a polite way to address someone. Alternate translation: “Saul, my friend”
|
||||
ACT 22 13 x3kc figs-idiom ἀνάβλεψον 1 look up This phrase is an idiom that means "receive your sight." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 that very hour This was a customary way of saying something happened immediately. Alternate translation: “at that instant” or “instantly” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 94s0 figs-idiom κἀγὼ…ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν 1 And…I looked up to him This phrase is an idiom that means he received his sight. Alternate translation: “And…I was able to see him” or “And…I saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 22 14 v2i7 0 General Information: The word “he” refers to Ananias ([Acts 22:12](../22/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 22 14 k3ck 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes telling what had happened to him in Damascus. He quotes what Ananias said to him. This is still part of his speech to the crowd in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 22 14 k417 τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 his will “what God is planning and will cause to happen”
|
||||
ACT 22 14 dg8q figs-synecdoche ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 to hear the voice coming from his own mouth Both “voice” and “mouth” refer to the one speaking. Alternate translation: “to hear him speak directly to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 15 i5q8 figs-gendernotations πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 to all men Here “men” means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 bhg9 νῦν 1 Now Here “now” does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
ACT 22 16 mmx9 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις 1 why are you waiting? This question was asked to exhort Paul to be baptized. Alternate translation: “Do not wait!” or “Do not delay!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 22 14 dg8q figs-synecdoche ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 to hear the voice from his own mouth Both **voice** and **mouth** refer to the one speaking. Alternate translation: “to hear him speak directly to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 15 i5q8 figs-gendernotations πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 to all men Here **men** means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 bhg9 νῦν 1 Now Here **now** does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
ACT 22 16 mmx9 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις? 1 why are you waiting? This question was asked to exhort Paul to be baptized. Alternate translation: “do not wait!” or “do not delay!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 lt2i figs-activepassive βάπτισαι 1 be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let me baptize you” or “receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 zr5p figs-metaphor ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου 1 wash away your sins As washing one’s body removes dirt, calling on the name of Jesus for forgiveness cleanses one’s inner being from sin. Alternate translation: “ask forgiveness for your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 g5dq ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 calling on his name Here “name” refers to the Lord. Alternate translation: “calling on the Lord” or “trusting in the Lord”
|
||||
ACT 22 16 g5dq ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 having called on his name Here **name** refers to the Lord. Alternate translation: “having called on the Lord” or “trusting in the Lord”
|
||||
ACT 22 17 znq6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell the crowd about his vision of Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 22 17 its2 ἐγένετο δέ 1 it happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 22 17 yr9l figs-activepassive γενέσθαι με ἐν ἐκστάσει 1 I was given a vision This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I had a vision” or “God gave me a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 18 jy2c ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι 1 I saw him say to me “I saw Jesus as he said to me”
|
||||
ACT 22 17 its2 ἐγένετο δέ μοι 1 And it happened to me that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 22 17 yr9l γενέσθαι με ἐν ἐκστάσει 1 I fell into a trance “I had a vision” or “God gave me a vision”
|
||||
ACT 22 18 jy2c ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι 1 I saw him saying to me “I saw Jesus as he said to me”
|
||||
ACT 22 18 qul6 οὐ παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 they will not accept your testimony about me “those who live in Jerusalem will not believe what you tell them about me”
|
||||
ACT 22 19 q5cl 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the non-believing Jews in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 22 19 p7gz 0 Connecting Statement: This ends what Paul was able to say to the crowd of Jewish people by the fortress.
|
||||
ACT 22 19 im4n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται 1 they themselves know The word “themselves” is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 19 da1e κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς 1 in every synagogue Paul went to synagogues to find Jews who believed in Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 22 20 y7t1 figs-metonymy ἐξεχύννετο τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου 1 the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled Here “blood” stands for Stephen’s life. To spill blood means to kill. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they killed Stephen who testified about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 19 im4n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται 1 they themselves know The word **themselves** is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 19 da1e κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς 1 according to the synagogues “in each of the synagogues” or “in every synagogue.” Paul went to synagogues to find Jews who believed in Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 22 20 y7t1 figs-metonymy ἐξεχύννετο τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου 1 the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled Here **blood** stands for Stephen’s life. To **spill blood** means to kill. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they killed Stephen who testified about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 22 fj9x 0 General Information: Here the words “him” and the first two words “he” refer to Paul. The word “He” and the last “he” refer to the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 22 22 ta8z αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 Away with such a fellow from the earth The phrase “from the earth” adds emphasis to “Away with such a fellow.” Alternate translation: “Kill him”
|
||||
ACT 22 23 ylr7 κραυγαζόντων 1 As they were shouting “While they were.” The phrase “As they were” is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time.
|
||||
ACT 22 23 b6a7 translate-symaction ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα 1 throwing off their cloaks, and throwing dust into the air These actions show that the Jews there are outraged because they feel Paul has spoken against God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 22 24 x7zv χιλίαρχος 1 chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 22 24 h6gp figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν…εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanded Paul to be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 22 ta8z αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 Remove such a one from the earth The phrase **from the earth** adds emphasis to “Remove such a one.” Alternate translation: “Kill him”
|
||||
ACT 22 23 ylr7 κραυγαζόντων τε αὐτῶν 1 And as they were shouting The phrase **as they were** is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time.
|
||||
ACT 22 23 b6a7 translate-symaction ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα 1 throwing off their outer garments, and throwing dust into the air These actions show that the Jews there are outraged because they feel Paul has spoken against God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 22 24 x7zv χιλίαρχος 1 commander a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 22 24 h6gp figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν…εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanded him to be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 24 sth6 τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 22 24 pz47 figs-activepassive εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 He ordered that he should be questioned with scourging The commander wants Paul tortured by whipping him to ensure he tells the truth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He ordered his soldiers to whip Paul to force him to tell the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 22 24 pz47 figs-activepassive εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanding him to be examined by flogging The commander wanted to torture Paul by whipping him to ensure that he was telling the truth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “ordering his soldiers to whip Paul to force him to tell the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 22 25 ar63 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the soldiers.
|
||||
ACT 22 25 st4k τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν 1 the thongs These were strips of leather or animal hide.
|
||||
ACT 22 25 yjw3 figs-rquestion εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν 1 Is it lawful for you to scourge a man who is a Roman and who has not been put on trial? Paul uses this question to make the centurion check the validity of having his soldiers whip Paul. Alternate translation: “It is not lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman and who was not given his legal right to a trial!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 22 26 pca7 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν 1 What are you about to do? This question is used to urge the commander to reconsider his plan to whip Paul. Alternate translation: “You should not do this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 22 25 st4k τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν 1 for the whip The whip was made from strips of leather or animal hide.
|
||||
ACT 22 25 yjw3 figs-rquestion εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν? 1 Is it lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman and uncondemned? Paul uses this question to make the centurion check the validity of having his soldiers whip Paul. Alternate translation: “It is not lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman and who was not given his legal right to a trial!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 22 26 pca7 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν? 1 What are you about to do? This question is used to urge the commander to reconsider his plan to whip Paul. Alternate translation: “You should not do this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 22 27 pe31 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 22 27 e69y figs-go προσελθὼν…ὁ χιλίαρχος 1 The chief captain came Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 22 28 dr2w ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 It was only with a large amount of money “It was only after I paid a lot of money to the Roman authorities.” The captain makes this statement because he knows how hard it is to become a Roman citizen, and he suspects Paul is not telling truth.
|
||||
ACT 22 28 r79c figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ…τὴν πολιτείαν…ἐκτησάμην 1 I acquired citizenship “I got citizenship.” The word “citizenship” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “I became a citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 28 rly1 ἐγὼ δὲ…γεγέννημαι 1 I was born a Roman citizen If the father is a Roman citizen, then his children become Roman citizens automatically when they are born.
|
||||
ACT 22 29 ii8p οἱ μέλλοντες…ἀνετάζειν 1 the men who were going to question “the men who planned to question” or “the men who were preparing to question”
|
||||
ACT 22 27 e69y figs-go προσελθὼν…ὁ χιλίαρχος 1 having come, the commander Here **come** can be translated as “gone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 22 28 dr2w ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 I bought this citizenship with a large amount of money “I paid a lot of money to the Roman authorities to become a citizen of Rome.” The captain may be making this statement because he knows how hard it is to become a Roman citizen, and he suspects Paul is not telling truth.
|
||||
ACT 22 28 r79c figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ…τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 I bought this citizenship “I paid for citizenship.” The word **citizenship** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “I became a citizen by paying for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 28 rly1 ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ γεγέννημαι 1 I, however, was indeed born as one If a father is a Roman citizen, then his children become Roman citizens automatically when they are born. Paul's father was a Roman. Alternate translation: “But I am a citizen by birth!”
|
||||
ACT 22 29 ii8p οἱ μέλλοντες…ἀνετάζειν 1 those who were about to examine “the men who planned to examine” or “the men who were preparing to question”
|
||||
ACT 22 30 g33i 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 22 30 kx58 figs-metonymy ἔλυσεν αὐτόν 1 So he untied his bonds Possibly the “chief officer” stands for the chief officers’ soldiers. Alternate translation: “So the chief captain ordered his soldiers to untie Paul’s bonds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 22 30 c5ia καταγαγὼν τὸν Παῦλον 1 he brought Paul down From the fortress, there is a stairway going down to the temple courts.
|
||||
ACT 22 30 kx58 ἔλυσεν αὐτόν 1 he released him “the commander ordered his soldiers to untie Paul’s bonds”
|
||||
ACT 22 30 c5ia καταγαγὼν τὸν Παῦλον 1 having brought down Paul From the fortress, there is a stairway going **down** to the temple courts.
|
||||
ACT 23 intro gbw5 0 # Acts 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Resurrection of the dead<br><br>The Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>### “Called a curse”<br><br>Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Whitewash<br><br>This is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 23 1 z2sq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul stands before the chief priests and the council members ([Acts 22:30](../22/30.md)).
|
||||
ACT 23 1 jru4 ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here this means “Fellow Jews.”
|
||||
ACT 23 1 nn2q ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ Θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας 1 I have lived before God in all good conscience until this day “I know that even to this day I have done what God has wanted me to do”
|
||||
ACT 23 1 jru4 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means “fellow Jews.”
|
||||
ACT 23 1 nn2q ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ Θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας 1 I have lived as a citizen before God in all good conscience until this day “I know that even to this day I have done what God has wanted me to do as a Jewish man”
|
||||
ACT 23 2 yz4n translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias This is the name of a man. Though this is the same name, this not the same Ananias as in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md) nor the same Ananias as in [Acts 9:10](../09/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 23 3 igq4 figs-metaphor τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε 1 whitewashed wall This refers to a wall that was painted white to make it look clean. Paul told Ananias that just as a wall can be painted to look clean so Ananias appeared to look morally clean, but he was really full of evil intent. Alternate translation: “whitepainted wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 23 3 un7g figs-rquestion σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι 1 Are you sitting to judge…against the law? Paul uses a question to point out Ananias’ hypocrisy. Alternate translation: “You sit there to judge…against the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 23 3 m6nb figs-activepassive κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι 1 order me to be struck This can be stated in active form. You can use the same word for “strike” as you did in the phrase “God will strike you.” Alternate translation: “command people to strike me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 4 lkh8 figs-rquestion τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ Θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς 1 Is this how you insult God’s high priest? The men use this question to scold Paul for what he has said in [Acts 23:3](../23/03.md). Alternate translation: “Do not insult God’s high priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 23 3 igq4 figs-metaphor τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε 1 you whitewashed wall This refers to a **wall** that was painted white to make it look clean. Paul told Ananias that just as a wall can be painted to look clean, so Ananias appeared to look morally clean, but he was really full of evil intent. Alternate translation: “you wall painted white” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 23 3 un7g figs-rquestion σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι? 1 do you sit judging me by the law, yet command me to be struck, against the law? Paul uses a question to point out Ananias’ hypocrisy. Alternate translation: “you sit there to judge me by the law, yet you command me to be struck against the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 23 3 m6nb figs-activepassive κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι 1 command me to be struck This can be stated in active form. You can use the same word for **strike** as you did in the phrase “God will strike you.” Alternate translation: “command people to strike me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 4 lkh8 figs-rquestion τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ Θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς? 1 Are you insulting the high priest of God? The men use this question to scold Paul for what he has said in [Acts 23:3](../23/03.md). Alternate translation: “You should not insult God’s high priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 23 5 e8lg figs-explicit γέγραπται γὰρ 1 For it is written Paul is about to quote what Moses wrote in the law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For Moses wrote in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 6 pbe1 ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here “Brothers” means “Fellow Jews”
|
||||
ACT 23 6 as3f υἱὸς Φαρισαίων 1 a son of Pharisees Here “son” means he is the literal son of a Pharisee and also the descendant of Pharisees. Alternate translation: “and my father and forefathers were Pharisees”
|
||||
ACT 23 6 iz18 figs-abstractnouns ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 the resurrection of the dead that I The word “resurrection” can be stated as “come back to life.” The word “dead” can be stated as “those who have died.” Alternate translation: “those who have died will come back to life, I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 23 6 pbe1 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means “fellow Jews”
|
||||
ACT 23 6 as3f υἱὸς Φαρισαίων 1 a son of Pharisees Here **son** means he is the literal son of a Pharisee and also the descendant of Pharisees. Alternate translation: “and my father and forefathers were Pharisees”
|
||||
ACT 23 6 ys5k figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι 1 I am being judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 6 iz18 figs-abstractnouns περὶ ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 concerning the hope and resurrection of the dead The word **resurrection** can be stated as “come back to life.” The word **dead** can be stated as “those who have died.” Alternate translation: “I have confidence that those who have died will come back to life again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 23 7 abs3 ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος 1 the crowd was divided “the people in the crowd strongly disagreed with one another”
|
||||
ACT 23 8 gl1s writing-background Σαδδουκαῖοι…γὰρ…Φαρισαῖοι δὲ 1 For the Sadducees…but the Pharisees This is background information about the Sadducees and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 23 9 eaf1 ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ μεγάλη 1 So a large uproar occurred “So they began shouting loudly at one another.” The word “so” marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is Paul’s stating his belief in the resurrection.
|
||||
ACT 23 9 ayr8 figs-hypo εἰ…πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, ἢ ἄγγελος 1 What if a spirit or an angel has spoken to him? The Pharisees are rebuking the Sadducees by affirming that spirits and angels do exist and can speak to people. Alternate translation: “Maybe a spirit or an angel has spoken with him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 dr1d figs-abstractnouns πολλῆς δὲ γινομένης στάσεως 1 When there arose a great argument The words “a great argument” can be re-stated as “argue violently.” Alternate translation: “When they began to argue violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 s65i χιλίαρχος 1 chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 23 10 f568 figs-activepassive διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Paul would be torn to pieces by them This can be stated in active form. The phrase “be torn to pieces” might be an exaggeration of how the people might harm Paul. Alternate translation: “they might tear Paul to pieces” or “they would cause Paul great physical harm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 man3 ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν 1 take him by force “use physical force to take him away”
|
||||
ACT 23 8 gl1s writing-background Σαδδουκαῖοι μὲν γὰρ…Φαρισαῖοι δὲ 1 For the Sadducees…but the Pharisees This is background information about the Sadducees and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 23 9 eaf1 ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ μεγάλη 1 So a large uproar occurred “So they began shouting loudly at one another.” The word **so** marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is Paul’s stating his belief in the resurrection.
|
||||
ACT 23 9 ayr8 figs-hypo εἰ…πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, ἢ ἄγγελος 1 what if a spirit has spoken to him, or an angel? The Pharisees are rebuking the Sadducees by affirming that spirits and angels do exist and can speak to people. Alternate translation: “perhaps a spirit or an angel has spoken to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 dr1d figs-abstractnouns πολλῆς δὲ γινομένης στάσεως 1 And when a great argument happened The phrase **a great argument** can be re-stated as “to argue violently.” Alternate translation: “And when they began to argue violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 s65i χιλίαρχος 1 commander a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 23 10 f568 figs-activepassive διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 that Paul would be torn to pieces by them This can be stated in active form. The phrase **be torn to pieces** might be an exaggeration of how the people might harm Paul. Alternate translation: “that they might tear Paul to pieces” or “that they would cause Paul great physical harm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 man3 ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν 1 to seize him by force “to use physical force to take him away”
|
||||
ACT 23 10 ap3c εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 into the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 23 11 i9w5 τῇ…ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ 1 The following night This means the night after the day Paul went before the council. Alternate translation: “That night”
|
||||
ACT 23 11 r4q4 figs-ellipsis εἰς Ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι 1 bear witness in Rome The words “about me” are understood. Alternate translation: “bear witness about me in Rome” or “testify about me in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 23 11 i9w5 τῇ…ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ 1 the following night This means the night after the day Paul went before the council. Alternate translation: “that night”
|
||||
ACT 23 11 r4q4 figs-ellipsis εἰς Ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι 1 to testify in Rome The words “about me” are understood. Alternate translation: “to bear witness about me in Rome” or “to testify about me in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 23 12 fm3y 0 Connecting Statement: While Paul was in the prison at the fortress, the disbelieving religious Jews vow to kill him.
|
||||
ACT 23 12 klb4 ποιήσαντες συστροφὴν 1 formed a conspiracy “organized a group with a shared purpose” here, to kill Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 12 g3sj figs-abstractnouns ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 called a curse down upon themselves with an oath The noun “curse” can be translated as a verb. It can also be made explicit what would cause them to be cursed. Alternate translation: “asked God to curse them if they did not do what they promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 23 13 f1u2 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα οἱ 1 forty men “40 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 13 u5s5 ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν ποιησάμενοι 1 who formed this conspiracy “who made this plan” or “who planned to kill Paul”
|
||||
ACT 23 12 klb4 ποιήσαντες συστροφὴν 1 having formed a conspiracy “having organized a group with a shared purpose” here, to kill Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 12 g3sj figs-explicit ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 cursed themselves It can be made explicit what would cause them to be cursed. Alternate translation: “asked God to curse them if they did not do what they promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 23 13 f1u2 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα οἱ 1 40 who “forty men who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 13 u5s5 οἱ ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν ποιησάμενοι 1 who had formed this conspiracy “who had made this plan” or “who planned to kill Paul”
|
||||
ACT 23 14 zb6w figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “They” refers to the forty Jews in [Acts 23:13](../23/13.md). Here “you” is plural and refers to the chief priests and elders. Both “us” and “we” refer to the forty Jews who planned to kill Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 14 ur73 figs-metaphor ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς, μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον 1 We have put ourselves under a great curse, to eat nothing until we have killed Paul To make a vow and to ask God to curse them if they do not fulfill their vow is spoken of as if the curse were an object that they carry on their shoulders. Alternate translation: “We have sworn to eat nothing until we have killed Paul. We asked God to curse us if we do not do what we promised to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 23 14 ur73 figs-metaphor ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς, μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον 1 We have cursed ourselves with a curse, to eat nothing until we have killed Paul To make a vow and to ask God to curse them if they do not fulfill their vow is spoken of as if the curse were an object that they carry on their shoulders. Alternate translation: “We have sworn to eat nothing until we have killed Paul. We asked God to curse us if we do not do what we promised to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 23 15 w418 νῦν οὖν 1 Now, therefore “Because what we have just said is true” or “Because we have put ourselves under this curse”
|
||||
ACT 23 15 q9e6 νῦν 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
ACT 23 15 q9mb καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 bring him down to you “bring Paul from the fortress to meet with you”
|
||||
ACT 23 15 m133 ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ἀκριβέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 as if you would decide his case more precisely “as though you want to learn more about what Paul has done”
|
||||
ACT 23 15 q9mb καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 he will bring him down to you “the commander will bring Paul from the fortress to meet with you”
|
||||
ACT 23 15 m133 ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ἀκριβέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 as if you are going to examine more seriously the things concerning him “as though you want to learn more about what Paul has done”
|
||||
ACT 23 16 d7cy 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul’s nephew. The word “him” refers to the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 23 16 w6fe υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου 1 Paul’s sister’s son “the son of Paul’s sister” or “Paul’s nephew”
|
||||
ACT 23 16 pj5h τὴν ἐνέδραν 1 they were lying in wait “they were ready to ambush Paul” or “they were waiting to kill Paul”
|
||||
ACT 23 16 w6fe ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου 1 the son of the sister of Paul “the son of Paul’s sister” or “Paul’s nephew”
|
||||
ACT 23 16 pj5h ἀκούσας…τὴν ἐνέδραν 1 having heard of the ambush “hearing that they were ready to ambush Paul” or “finding out that they were waiting to kill Paul”
|
||||
ACT 23 16 a5hx τὴν παρεμβολὴν 1 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 23 18 abd0 ὁ μὲν οὖν παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν 1 So taking him, he brought him “So taking the young man, the centurion brought him”
|
||||
ACT 23 18 lzf3 ὁ δέσμιος, Παῦλος, προσκαλεσάμενός με 1 Paul the prisoner summoned me “Paul the prisoner asked me to come talk with him”
|
||||
ACT 23 18 abd0 ὁ μὲν οὖν παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν 1 So having taken him, he brought him “So taking the young man, the centurion brought him”
|
||||
ACT 23 18 lzf3 ὁ δέσμιος, Παῦλος, προσκαλεσάμενός με 1 The prisoner, Paul, having summoned me “The prisoner named Paul after he asked me to come talk with him”
|
||||
ACT 23 18 ju2b τοῦτον τὸν νεανίαν 1 this young man Since the chief captain calls him a young man, this suggests Paul’s nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old.
|
||||
ACT 23 19 yp12 ἐπιλαβόμενος…τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ χιλίαρχος 1 chief captain took him by the hand Since the chief captain took the young man by the hand and calls him a young man (verse 18), this suggests Paul’s nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old.
|
||||
ACT 23 20 uv6r figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέθεντο 1 The Jews have agreed This does not mean all Jews, but all of the group that was there. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews have agreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 23 20 wp5d Παῦλον καταγάγῃς 1 to bring down Paul “to bring Paul down from the fortress”
|
||||
ACT 23 20 fev5 μέλλων τι ἀκριβέστερον πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ. 1 they were going to ask more precisely about his case “they want to learn more about what Paul has done”
|
||||
ACT 23 21 vdr5 translate-numbers ἄνδρες…τεσσεράκοντα 1 forty men “40 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 21 i2k9 ἐνεδρεύουσιν…αὐτὸν 1 lying in wait for him “ready to ambush Paul” or “ready to kill Paul”
|
||||
ACT 23 21 r695 οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν, ἕως οὗ ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν 1 They have called a curse down on themselves, neither to eat nor to drink until they have killed him “They have sworn to eat or drink nothing until they have killed Paul. And they asked God to curse them if they do not do what they promised to do”
|
||||
ACT 23 19 yp12 ἐπιλαβόμενος…τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ χιλίαρχος 1 the commander, having taken hold of his hand Since the commander took the young man by the hand and calls him a young man (verse 18), this suggests Paul’s nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old.
|
||||
ACT 23 20 uv6r figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέθεντο 1 The Jews have agreed This does not mean all **Jews**, but all of the group that was there. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews have agreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 23 20 wp5d Παῦλον καταγάγῃς 1 you might bring Paul down “you would bring Paul down from the fortress”
|
||||
ACT 23 20 fev5 ὡς μέλλων τι ἀκριβέστερον πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ. 1 as if they were going to inquire something more concerning him “pretending they want to learn more about what Paul has done”
|
||||
ACT 23 21 vdr5 translate-numbers ἄνδρες…τεσσεράκοντα 1 40…men “forty…men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 21 i2k9 ἐνεδρεύουσιν…αὐτὸν 1 lie in wait for him “are ready to ambush Paul” or “are waiting to kill Paul”
|
||||
ACT 23 21 r695 οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν, ἕως οὗ ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν 1 who have cursed themselves neither to eat nor to drink until they have killed him “who have sworn to eat or drink nothing until they have killed Paul. And they asked God to curse them if they do not do what they promised to do”
|
||||
ACT 23 22 av3g 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 23 22 av3h 0 General Information: Felix, who resided at Caesarea, was the roman governor of the area.
|
||||
ACT 23 23 wk7k προσκαλεσάμενός 1 he called to him “he called to himself”
|
||||
ACT 23 23 q741 translate-numbers δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν 1 two of the centurions “2 of the centurions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 23 b7z3 translate-numbers ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα 1 seventy horsemen “70 horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 23 mgi9 translate-numbers δεξιολάβους διακοσίους 1 two hundred spearmen “200 soldiers that are armed with spears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 23 wk7k προσκαλεσάμενός 1 having summoned “having called to himself”
|
||||
ACT 23 23 b7z3 translate-numbers ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα 1 70 horsemen “seventy horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 23 mgi9 translate-numbers δεξιολάβους διακοσίους 1 200 spearmen “two hundred soldiers that are armed with spears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 23 kg8s τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός 1 third hour of the night This was about 9:00 p.m. at night.
|
||||
ACT 23 25 vg8x 0 General Information: The chief captain writes a letter to Governor Felix about the arrest of Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 25 vg8y translate-names 0 General Information: Claudius Lysias is the name of the chief captain. Governor Felix was the Roman governor over the whole region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 23 26 zf93 figs-123person Κλαύδιος Λυσίας, τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι, χαίρειν 1 Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix, greetings This is a formal introduction to the letter. The chief captain begins by referring to himself. You can translate it in the first person. The words “am writing” are understood. Alternate translation: “I, Claudius Lysias, am writing to you, the most excellent Governor Felix. Greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 23 26 zf93 figs-123person Κλαύδιος Λυσίας, τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι, χαίρειν 1 Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix, greetings This is a formal introduction to the letter. The commander begins by referring to himself. You can translate it in the first person. The words “am writing” are understood. Alternate translation: “I, Claudius Lysias, am writing to you, the most excellent Governor Felix. Greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 23 26 u2ih τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι 1 to the most excellent Governor Felix “to Governor Felix who deserves greatest honors”
|
||||
ACT 23 27 zr7l figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον συνλημφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 This man was arrested by the Jews Here “Jews” means “some of the Jews.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews arrested this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 27 ha13 figs-activepassive μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι 1 was about to be killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they were ready to kill Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 27 v78t ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι 1 I came upon them with soldiers “I with my soldiers arrived at the place where Paul and these Jews were”
|
||||
ACT 23 27 zr7l figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον συνλημφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 This man, having been seized the Jews Here **the Jews** means “some of the Jews.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews seized this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 27 ha13 figs-activepassive μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 about to be killed by them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they were ready to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 27 v78t ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι, ἐξειλάμην 1 having come with detachment of soldiers, I rescued “I with my soldiers arrived at the place where Paul and these Jews were and I rescued him”
|
||||
ACT 23 28 lb1a 0 General Information: Here the word “I” refers to Claudius Lysias, the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 23 28 lb1b 0 General Information: The word “they” refers to the group of Jews who accused Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 28 lb1c figs-you 0 General Information: The word “you” is singular and refers to Governor Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 23 28 pmq7 0 Connecting Statement: The chief captain ends his letter to Governor Felix.
|
||||
ACT 23 29 zt4f figs-activepassive ὃν εὗρον ἐνκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ 1 that he was being accused about questions concerning This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that they were accusing him of questions about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 29 wsh2 figs-abstractnouns μηδὲν δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα 1 but that there was no accusation against him that deserved death or imprisonment The abstract nouns “accusation,” “death,” and “imprisonment” can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “but nobody accused him of anything that should cause Roman authorities to kill him or to send him to prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 23 30 i2ji figs-activepassive μηνυθείσης δέ μοι 1 Then it was made known to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Later I learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 29 zt4f figs-activepassive ὃν εὗρον ἐνκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν 1 I learned that he was being accused concerning questions of their own law This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I learned that they were accusing him about things in their own law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 29 wsh2 figs-abstractnouns μηδὲν δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα 1 but there was no accusation worthy of death or imprisonment The abstract nouns **accusation**, **death**, and **imprisonment** can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “but nobody accused him of anything that should cause Roman authorities to kill him or to send him to prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 23 30 i2ji figs-activepassive μηνυθείσης δέ μοι ἐπιβουλῆς εἰς τὸν ἄνδρα ἔσεσθαι 1 And when a plot was to be against the man was revealed to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And when I later learned that there was a plot to kill this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 31 ifs1 translate-names 0 General Information: Here the first word “him” refers to Paul; the second use of the word “him” refers to Governor Felix. Antipatris was a city built by Herod in honor of his father, Antipater. It stood at a site located today in central Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 23 31 s9rf 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul’s time under arrest in Jerusalem and begins his time of arrest in Caesarea with Governor Felix.
|
||||
ACT 23 31 ny4k οἱ…οὖν στρατιῶται κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτοῖς 1 So the soldiers obeyed their orders The word “so” marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is the chief captain’s commanding the soldiers to escort Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 31 ptv4 ἀναλαβόντες τὸν Παῦλον, ἤγαγον διὰ νυκτὸς 1 They took Paul and brought him by night Here “brought” can be translated as “took.” Alternate translation: “They got Paul and took him at night”
|
||||
ACT 23 32 abd1 ἐάσαντες…ὑπέστρεψαν 1 they allowed…but they returned Here both instances of **they** refer to the foot soldiers who left the horsemen and returned to their fortress.
|
||||
ACT 23 33 abx1 εἰσελθόντες 1 they entered Here **they** refers to the horsemen who took Paul all the way to Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 23 31 ny4k οἱ…οὖν στρατιῶται κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτοῖς 1 So the soldiers, according to what had been commanded to them The word **so** marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is the commander's ordering the soldiers to escort Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 31 ptv4 ἀναλαβόντες τὸν Παῦλον, ἤγαγον διὰ νυκτὸς 1 having taken Paul, brought him by night Here **brought** can be translated as “took.” Alternate translation: “they got Paul and took him at night”
|
||||
ACT 23 32 abd1 ὑπέστρεψαν 1 having allowed…they returned Here **they** refers to the foot soldiers who left the horsemen and returned to their fortress.
|
||||
ACT 23 33 abx1 οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες 1 When they had entered Here **they** refers to the horsemen who took Paul all the way to Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 23 34 u44w 0 General Information: Here the first and second words “he” refer to Governor Felix, the third word “he” and the word “him” refer to Paul, and the last word “he” refers to Governor Felix. The words “you” and your” refer to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 34 abd2 ἀναγνοὺς…ἐπερωτήσας…πυθόμενος 1 reading…asking…learning All of these actions are things the governor did.
|
||||
ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν 1 asking what province Paul was from This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked Paul, ‘What province are you from?’ When” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 23 34 abd2 ἀναγνοὺς…ἐπερωτήσας…πυθόμενος 1 when he had read the letter…had asked…had learned All of these actions are things the governor did.
|
||||
ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν 1 had asked what province he was from This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked Paul, ‘What province are you from?’ When” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 23 35 dwv2 figs-quotations ἔφη 1 he said This sentence, which begins with the words “When he learned” in verse 43, can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Paul said, ‘I am from Cilicia.’ Then the governor said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 23 35 uji1 διακούσομαί σου 1 I will hear you fully “I will listen to all you have to say”
|
||||
ACT 23 35 mga2 κελεύσας…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 he commanded him to be kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he commanded soldiers to keep him” or “commanded soldiers to restrain him”
|
||||
ACT 23 35 mga2 κελεύσας…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 having commanded him to be kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “having commanded soldiers to keep him” or “and commanded soldiers to restrain him”
|
||||
ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Respect<br><br>Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Governmental leaders<br><br>The words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ACT 24 1 qw1r figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” refers to Felix, the governor. Here “we” refers to the citizens under Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 1 bc8k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul is on trial in Caesarea. Tertullus presents Governor Felix with the charges against Paul.
|
||||
ACT 24 1 e8rp μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας 1 After five days “five days after the Roman soldiers took Paul to Caesarea”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 e8rp μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας 1 And after five days “And five days after the Roman soldiers took Paul to Caesarea”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 n9gu translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias This is the name of a man. This is not the same Ananias as in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md) nor the same Ananias as in [Acts 9:10](../09/10.md). See how you translated this in [Acts 23:1](../23/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 1 f3vx ῥήτορος 1 an orator “a lawyer.” Tertullus was an expert in Roman law who was there to accuse Paul in court.
|
||||
ACT 24 1 xm6c translate-names Τερτύλλου 1 Tertullus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 1 q7wj κατέβη 1 went there “went to Caesarea where Paul was”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 nq9x τῷ ἡγεμόνι 1 before the governor “in the presence of the governor who was judge in the court”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 zm5e ἐνεφάνισαν…κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου 1 brought charges against Paul “began to argue the case before the governor that Paul had broken the law.”
|
||||
ACT 24 2 e6zg figs-exclusive πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες 1 we have great peace Here “we” refers to the citizens under Felix. Alternate translation: “we, the people that you govern, have great peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 2 sv8c καὶ διορθωμάτων γινομένων τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας 1 and your foresight brings good reform to our nation “and your planning has greatly improved our nation”
|
||||
ACT 24 3 r5jl μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας 1 with all thankfulness The word “thankfulness” is an abstract noun. It can be stated as an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “so we are very thankful and we welcome everything that you do” or “so we thank you very much and welcome everything that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 24 3 q3fj κράτιστε Φῆλιξ 1 most excellent Felix “Governor Felix who deserves greatest honor” Felix was the roman governor over the whole region. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 23:25](../23/25.md).
|
||||
ACT 24 1 nq9x τῷ ἡγεμόνι 1 to the governor “in the presence of the governor who was judge in the court”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 zm5e ἐνεφάνισαν…κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου 1 appeared…against Paul “came there…to argue before the governor the case that Paul had broken the law.”
|
||||
ACT 24 2 e6zg figs-exclusive πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες 1 We have obtained great peace Here **we** refers to the citizens under Felix. Alternate translation: “we, the people that you govern, have obtained great peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 2 sv8c καὶ διορθωμάτων γινομένων τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας 1 and good reforms have happened to our nation through your foresight “and your planning has greatly improved our nation”
|
||||
ACT 24 3 r5jl μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας 1 with all thankfulness The word **thankfulness** is an abstract noun. It can be stated as an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “so we are very thankful and we welcome everything that you do” or “so we thank you very much and welcome everything that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 24 3 q3fj κράτιστε Φῆλιξ 1 most excellent Felix “Governor Felix who deserves greatest honor.” Felix was the Roman governor over the whole region. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 23:25](../23/25.md).
|
||||
ACT 24 4 tyq8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “we” refers to Ananias, certain elders, and Tertullus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 4 jww2 ἵνα δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον σε ἐνκόπτω 1 So that I detain you no more Possible meanings are (1) “so that I will not take up too much of your time” or (2) “so that I will not tire you”
|
||||
ACT 24 4 xfm5 ἀκοῦσαί…ἡμῶν συντόμως, τῇ σῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ 1 briefly listen to me with kindness “kindly listen to my short speech”
|
||||
ACT 24 5 i1qs figs-metaphor τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμὸν 1 this man to be a pest This speaks of Paul as if he were a plague that spreads from one person to another. Alternate translation: “this man to be a trouble maker” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 k1v1 figs-hyperbole πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 all the Jews throughout the world The word “all” here is probably an exaggeration used to strengthen their accusation against Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 zg4a figs-explicit πρωτοστάτην…τῆς τῶν Ναζωραίων αἱρέσεως 1 He is a leader of the Nazarene sect The phrase “Nazarene sect” is another name for the Christians. Alternate translation: “He also leads the entire group whom people call the followers of the Nazarene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 n6zb αἱρέσεως 1 sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism.
|
||||
ACT 24 4 jww2 ἵνα δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον σε ἐνκόπτω 1 However, in order that we may not bother you any longer Possible meanings are (1) “so that I will not take up too much of your time” or (2) “so that I will not tire you”
|
||||
ACT 24 4 xfm5 ἀκοῦσαί…ἡμῶν συντόμως, τῇ σῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ 1 to briefly listen to us in your kindness “kindly listen to my short speech”
|
||||
ACT 24 5 i1qs εὑρόντες…τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμὸν 1 we have found this man to be a troublemaker “we have learned that Paul is always causing trouble”
|
||||
ACT 24 5 k1v1 figs-hyperbole πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 among all the Jews who are throughout the world The word **all** here is probably an exaggeration used to strengthen their accusation against Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 zg4a figs-explicit πρωτοστάτην…τῆς τῶν Ναζωραίων αἱρέσεως 1 he is a leader of the sect of the Nazarenes The phrase “the sect of the Nazarenes” is another name for the Christians. Alternate translation: “he leads the entire group whom people call the followers of the Nazarene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 n6zb αἱρέσεως 1 of sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism.
|
||||
ACT 24 7 ujn8 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Governor Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 24 7 xkr4 0 Connecting Statement: Tertullus finishes presenting the charges against Paul before Governor Felix.
|
||||
ACT 24 8 e26a ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν αὐτοῦ 1 to learn about these charges we are bringing against him “to learn whether or not these charges that we bring against him are true” or “to learn whether or not he is guilty of the things we accuse him of”
|
||||
ACT 24 9 rq5f figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews This refers to the Jewish leaders who were there at Paul’s trial. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 24 8 e26a ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν αὐτοῦ 1 to learn of what we are accusing him “to learn that we are bringing very serious charges against him” or “to learn whether or not he is guilty of the things of which we are accusing him”
|
||||
ACT 24 9 rq5f figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to the Jewish leaders who were there at Paul’s trial. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 24 10 my1c 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the Jews who were accusing Paul.
|
||||
ACT 24 10 ict8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul responds to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
|
||||
ACT 24 10 s92a νεύσαντος…τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor motioned “the governor gestured”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue